Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Financial - Credit Services / Emmis Acquisition Corp.

Emmis Acquisition Corp.

emis · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker emis
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Financial - Credit Services
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Emmis Acquisition Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
E

M

I

S

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

0

Supporting 
our customers

EMIS Group plc
Annual report and accounts 2020

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The UK leader in 
connected healthcare 
software and systems

SUPPORTING CUSTOMERS

GROWTH

EMIS Group supports the healthcare sector 
with technology that drives improvements to 
efficiency and enables better patient outcomes.

EMIS Group delivered resilient results during 
the pandemic, maintaining its track record of 
increasing dividends every year since flotation. 

Strategic report
1  Highlights
2 
 At a glance
4  Covid-19 response
6 
 Chair’s statement 
8 
 Chief Executive Officer’s statement 
10 
 Business model
12  Stakeholder engagement
16 
18 
20  Key performance indicators
22  Alternative performance measures
24   Operational review
28   Principal risks and uncertainties
34   Sustainability
42   Financial review 

 Markets 
 Strategy

Governance
46   Board of Directors 
48   Chair’s introduction to governance 
49  Corporate governance statement 
55   Report of the audit committee 
60   Report of the nomination committee 
62    Report of the remuneration committee
65   Directors’ remuneration report
77   Directors’ report
80   Viability statement
81 

 Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 

Financial statements
82   Independent auditor’s report 
88   Group statement of 

comprehensive income 

89   Group and parent company balance sheets 
90   Group and parent company 
statements of cash flows 
 Group and parent company statements 
of changes in equity 

91 

92   Notes to the financial statements 
115   Five-year Group financial summary
116   Shareholder information
IBC  Glossary

Visit our website at
www.emisgroupplc.com

Highlights

Business

Resilient financial performance and further 
strategic progress:

• Revenues, adjusted operating profit and adjusted 

operating margin maintained while recurring revenue, 
cash flow and reported operating profit all increased

• Successful transition to GP IT Futures framework, 
with leadership positions maintained or improved 
in key NHS markets

• Resilient business model with recurring revenue up 
4% to £130.0m, representing 82% of total revenue 
(2019: 78%), £28m of new business delivered 
in the period and strong cash position of £53.0m 
(2019: £31.1m)

• Increased final dividend for tenth consecutive year

Financial

Total revenue

Recurring revenue1

£159.5m –

£130.0m +4%

Reported operating profit

Adjusted operating profit1

£35.8m +33%

£39.3m –

Reported cash generated 
from operations

£64.1m +28%

Adjusted cash generated 
from operations1

£58.9m +27%

Reported EPS

48.1p +34% 

Adjusted EPS1

51.0p -1%

Net cash1

Total dividend for the year

£53.0m +70%

32.0p +3%

1   Recurring revenue, adjusted operating profit, adjusted cash generated from operations, 
adjusted EPS and net cash are all alternative performance measures. See page 22 for 
further details and reconciliation to the relevant IFRS number.

We have the No. 1 market 
share in primary care, A&E 
and community pharmacy

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

1

At a glance

PURPOSE

Enable better 
care through 
technology 
innovation

Connecting care settings 
to improve patient experience 
and health outcomes 

Empowering people through 
online access to clinically 
authored content and  
approved services

Delivering insight for 
 clinicians to improve UK 
 health and wellness 

Segments

EMIS HEALTH

EMIS ENTERPRISE

Primary, community 
and acute care

68%

of revenue in 2020

#1 in primary care 

#2 in community 

#1 in A&E

Medicines 
management

22%

Partners, analytics 
and other services

Patient-facing  
services

9%

1%

of revenue in 2020

of revenue in 2020

of revenue in 2020

#1  in community pharmacy 

143 accredited partners

#1 patient services app

#2 in hospital pharmacy

#1  in community pharmacy 
service management 
solutions

2

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTOur investment case

Strong positions in specialist markets

Growing the business 

•  Market leader delivering at scale: growing or maintaining 

market shares, number one or two in key UK healthcare markets 

•  Return to growth expected in 2021 with continuation 

of building momentum over the coming years

•  Aligned with the NHS Long Term Plan, providing growth 

drivers for increasing investment into technology for the NHS

•  Strong pandemic response in EMIS Health validates potential 

to grow in this part of the business 

•  30-year track record as a provider of complex specialist clinical 
systems with high barriers to entry for potential competitors 

•  Positive opportunities in EMIS Enterprise in digital, analytics 
and expanding partner programme to drive future growth 

•  Appointed on 15 NHS contractual frameworks in England, 

Wales, Scotland and Northern Ireland 

•  Strategic player in the UK healthcare market central to 
supporting customers through the pandemic response 

30+ years providing front line technology  

to the healthcare sector

•  Commitment to invest for the mid-term with EMIS-X will 
deliver growth opportunities through the deployment of 
new technology-based solutions 

•  Acquisitions, such as the 2020 Pinnacle deal, accelerate speed 

to market

14.9m Covid-19 vaccinations supported by EMIS

Excellent financial strength and track record

High levels of earnings visibility 
and cash generation

•  Unbroken track record of increasing dividend each year since IPO

• Robust business model with high recurring revenue, 

•  Compound growth rates since flotation in 2010 of 10% 

in revenue and 8% in adjusted operating profit

•  Strong balance sheet with no debt

•  Bank facilities in place

•  Investment will not impact progressive dividend policy 

or require significant leverage

£53.0m net cash

typically around 80%

• Long-term contracts in place across all major markets

• Loyal customer base with low churn rates

• Consistent strong cash generation

82% recurring revenue

New technology driving future growth 
and efficiency

Brands
Brands

•  Investing for the future through the EMIS-X technology 

transformation programme

•  Focussed on developing new, standards based, capabilities 

to connect care settings across the UK

•  EMIS-X platform leverages new and existing in-house 

capabilities with the best of partner capabilities

•  Significant progress in the development of new solutions 
and public cloud based capabilities as well as upgrades to 
existing systems

•  EMIS-X delivers profit growth through new sales and more 

efficient platform and system maintenance

£21.2m R&D investment 

The clinical software 
business, supplying 
essential technology 
to 10,000 healthcare 
organisations across every 
major UK health sector.

The UK’s leading independent 
provider of patient-centric 
medical and wellbeing 
information and digital 
front door services for 
the UK public.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

3

Covid-19 response

Our proactive strategy in 
challenging circumstances 

The NHS faced one of the biggest challenges in its 72-year history with the 
outbreak of Covid-19. Technology played a pivotal role in the response and, 
as a major IT supplier to the NHS, EMIS Group had the tools to help the 
NHS front line and the reach to make a difference.

Guiding principle 
It was clear from the outset that Covid-19 would have a huge impact. 
EMIS Group had one guiding principle to navigate through the 
pandemic: to do the right thing at all times by both customers and 
colleagues. The Group was committed to helping NHS front line staff in 
as many ways as it could, while supporting colleagues to balance work 
and family life, especially during lockdown periods.

Helping the UK public 
In the first two months of the pandemic, the Covid-19 information on 
Patient.info had 7.1 million views and the coronavirus symptom checker 
was used more than 700,000 times. 

Patient Access was a vital digital tool for many patients to access 
healthcare services. Registered users increased from 8.4 million to 
11.7 million during 2020, reaching 12 million in February 2021.

Protecting colleagues 
The health and wellbeing of colleagues was an absolute priority. The 
Group moved to homeworking in both the UK and India before the first 
lockdown was announced. Some key workers were required to visit 
customer sites during lockdown and EMIS supported them by providing 
full PPE and safety training. 

Vital research 
EMIS is playing a key role to facilitate critical research into Covid-19. 
Explorer, from the EMIS-X Analytics suite, was used by: 

• a number of NHS organisations for use cases including a Covid-19 

data intelligence hub and winter operational planning;

Supporting the NHS user base
There was a 90% reduction in face-to-face GP appointments during the 
first lockdown, driving a need for digital alternatives for front line care. 
EMIS made video consultation capability available free of charge across 
England for the first three months of the pandemic and then helped 
customers continue using the service under NHS England funding. Its 
digital triage system, Online Consult, was free to use in Scotland and 
was widely used across England. 

Behind the scenes, EMIS made rapid changes to core software systems, 
including new SNOMED-CT codes, shielded patient capability and 
Covid-19 care pathways in EMIS Web, allowing fast and accurate 
recording of Covid-19 patient consultation data. EMIS assisted in setting 
up “Covid hubs” to support the primary care response and provided 
essential infrastructure services and hardware to enable clinicians to 
work from home, as well as developing software to deliver Covid-19 
test results automatically into all GP systems across England. 

Outside primary care, the EMIS emergency department solution, 
Symphony, was adapted to support Covid-19 and non-Covid-19 
streams throughout A&Es across the UK. 

Innovative technology for community pharmacists 
Community pharmacies provide a vital front line service. EMIS Group 
provided free access to video consultation software and several back-
office services to help pharmacies continue to support their customers.

Technology integration was carried out at pace between ProScript 
Connect and Pinnacle’s system, PharmOutcomes, to develop 
functionality to support shielded patients. 

4

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

• the NHS England OpenSAFELY Covid-19 research project, a 

collaboration between the University of Oxford, the London School 
of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine and system suppliers operating under 
direction from the Secretary of State; and

• the Oxford Royal College of General Practitioners (RCGP) Research 
and Surveillance Centre, to support national surveillance of Covid-19 
and for recruitment into the University of Oxford’s PRINCIPLE clinical trial.

EMIS continues to support a number of Covid-19 research programmes 
alongside academic and life science partners.

Supporting the vaccination programme 
From December 2020 Pinnacle’s system, Outcomes4Health, has been 
used by all healthcare professionals delivering vaccinations outside 
hospital settings to capture immunisation details at the point of care 
and share this with GPs and the National Immunisation Management 
Service (NIMS). To date, Outcomes4Health has been deployed in almost 
1,400 vaccination centres and has supported 14.9 million vaccinations, 
as well as underpinning the NHS daily reporting on vaccination take-up.

The ongoing response 
EMIS continues to provide vital support for the NHS as the country 
transitions to the next stage of managing the pandemic and the wider 
healthcare needs of the nation. Critical to the NHS is managing the 
deficit in care caused by the pandemic, such as missed long-term 
condition checks or late cancer diagnoses from patients staying away 
from the GP with symptoms that could lead to early detection. The 
business is developing a series of risk stratification tools to help primary 
care providers identify those most at risk and take a proactive approach 
to reducing the deficit as quickly as possible. 

EMIS is also focussed on sustaining the digital transformation, providing 
the tools in key clinical systems to support the digital delivery of 
healthcare as well as services through Patient Access to enable the 
UK public to have a digital relationship with their GP or pharmacist. 

STRATEGIC REPORTOur colleagues

Duncan McCrae

Keeping our essential workers safe 
During the first lockdown, a team of EMIS engineers helped configure more than 1,000 
laptops for East London Health and Care Partnership at pace so that GPs could carry on 
providing essential healthcare from home. 

Duncan McCrae, Technical Delivery Manager, was part of the team. He said: “We 
enabled the GPs to securely access EMIS Web and patient records to carry out remote 
consultations. The work took place in the CCG office – because of lockdown it was a 
vacant space that enabled us to maintain social distancing at all times. We were 
equipped with masks, gloves and hand gel.” 

Martin Wallis, digital programme manager for East London Health and Care Partnership, 
said: “The EMIS engineers, working as part of a team with NHS colleagues, provided 
tremendous help supporting front line staff in the fight against Covid-19. I’m convinced 
lives will have been saved through this work.”

Our customers

Supporting the NHS front line 
Taurus Healthcare, an out-of-hours provider and federation for all 19 GP practices 
in Herefordshire, joined forces with nurses and hospital specialists via EMIS Web to 
provide community care during the pandemic. The technology enabled the federation 
to set up a telephone or video service for patients with Covid-19, face-to-face clinics 
and a home visiting service for people with Covid-19 for the whole area, and a dedicated 
separate clinic for shielded patients. Clinicians also used EMIS Web to trial a “virtual” 
ward (for non-Covid-19 patients) where GPs and hospital doctors treat patients together 
using EMIS Web and avoid a hospital admission where possible.

“We could not have done it without EMIS Web”, said Dr Mike Hearne, managing director 
of Taurus Healthcare. “It helped us to break down boundaries across the NHS and 
improve access to care 24/7.” 

Dr Mike Hearne

Our community

 Dr Ian Wood 

Supporting population health 
EMIS Clinical Directors Dr Ian Wood and Dr Sarah Jarvis launched a questionnaire 
through Patient Access in April to capture patient-reported data about Covid-19 during 
the early, uncharted stage of the pandemic.

Jointly developed with the Oxford Royal College of General Practitioners Research and 
Surveillance Centre, the questionnaire was completed by more than 50,000 people.

Dr Wood said: “Crucially, this is patient-reported data, which gives us vital metrics such 
as subtle differences in symptoms, recovery periods or the wider economic impact on a 
patient’s employment and finances.”

The University of Oxford is using this data in Explorer as part of its surveillance of 
Covid-19. Dr Jarvis said: “Knowledge of the ongoing impact of the condition on a large 
scale will be invaluable in informing our decisions and treatments, to reduce the impact 
of the pandemic on the wider population.”

More detail on EMIS’s response to Covid-19 can be found online  
www.emishealth.com/news-events/news/covid-19-response 

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

5

Chair’s statement

A good outcome in a 
very challenging year

EMIS Group has performed well benefitting from 82% recurring revenue.

Dear Shareholder
When I took on the role of Non-executive Director in January 2020 
and then Chair in May 2020, I did not anticipate I would be addressing 
you in my first annual report in the midst of a global pandemic. People’s 
lives across the world changed in a matter of weeks and the crisis 
continues to have an unprecedented impact on economies and 
businesses globally. Despite these challenges, EMIS Group has 
performed well over the past year, benefitting from 82% recurring 
revenue. A particular highlight for me was the launch of EMIS-X 
Analytics, the first application from the EMIS-X platform. 

There was a strong focus on culture during the year and we refreshed 
the Group values in the summer, reflecting both our key strengths and 
goals as a business. This challenging year has demonstrated how our 
employees work to help each other and our customers, as we united 
in the responsibility of supporting the NHS front line in every way we 
could. Moving to homeworking helped to break down the traditional 
communication barriers of geography or team structure to bring a 
greater degree of cross-group collaboration than ever before, which 
has been transformative to our way of working. 

Covid-19 
On behalf of the Board, I want to express my enormous gratitude to our 
colleagues for their commitment and dedication during this challenging 
year. They managed the quick transition to remote working and have 
maintained high levels of service to our customers while supporting 
their families’ and colleagues’ wellbeing. This commitment meant that 
not only have we continued to operate effectively throughout the 
pandemic, we have maintained our focus on delivering the longer-term 
Group strategy. More information on the impact of Covid-19 on the 
business can be found on pages 4 and 5. 

Board changes
As reported in the 2019 annual report and accounts, following 
completion of nine years of service, Mike O’Leary retired at the 
conclusion of the Annual General Meeting (AGM) on 6 May 2020, 
following which I took on the roles of Chair of the Board and nomination 
committee. I would like to thank Mike for his contributions to EMIS 
Group over an extended period and for his support in handing over 
the role of Chair. JP Rangaswami joined the Board on 1 March as 
Non-executive Director and will stand for election at the AGM on 
6 May 2021. His biographical details are included on page 47 and in 
the notice of meeting.

Our people
Our people are a major strength of the business and during 2020 we 
continued to attract and retain key talent, selecting and developing 
exceptional people who are motivated by our purpose. 

Corporate governance
Corporate governance remains an important area of focus for the Board 
and underpins the sustainability of our business and the achievement of 
our strategy. During 2020, an external evaluation of Board performance 
was undertaken. The process and the outcomes are discussed in more 
detail on page 53. While no areas of material concern were identified,  
the process has helped in establishing new priorities for 2021.

Dividend
A final dividend of 16.0p per share is recommended by the Board. The 
dividend progression is in line with the capital allocation policy adopted 
by the Group and will result in a total dividend for the year of 32.0p. 
Subject to approval by shareholders at the AGM, the final dividend will be 
paid on 14 May 2021 to shareholders on the register on 16 April 2021.

Outlook
The results in 2020 were satisfactory, with revenues and adjusted 
profit both relatively flat and an increase in reported profit, which I 
believe is a good outcome in a very challenging year. Innovation remains 
key for our future and we have continued, and will continue, to invest in 
technology development. 

The Board believes that the Group’s strategy will deliver sustainable 
growth for both the EMIS Health and EMIS Enterprise areas of the 
business, whilst maintaining a strong balance sheet. Our strategy remains 
closely aligned with NHS policy in the short term as we navigate through 
the pandemic and in the mid and longer term as we work towards the 
digital future of the healthcare industry. 

6

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

Patrick De Smedt
Chair
17 March 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTQ&A 

with Patrick De Smedt

Why did you decide to join EMIS Group?
The Group’s purpose to enable better care through technology 
innovation truly inspires me. It’s an exciting opportunity to join a 
business that is making a real difference to the UK healthcare landscape. 

EMIS can make a significant contribution to improving the efficiency 
of the UK healthcare system – good technology used well can deliver 
better patient outcomes while also providing vital cost savings to the 
NHS. This has never been more important as we navigate the impact 
of Covid-19 and beyond. 

I am passionate about the impact that technology can have on 
healthcare and I am looking forward to unlocking the potential of 
EMIS-X to enable our NHS customers to improve health outcomes.

What are you most looking forward to in your future 
with EMIS Group? 
This feels like a pivotal point in EMIS Group history; I’ve joined at a time 
when development of EMIS-X is underway and I am most looking forward 
to seeing what our customers can do with the platform in future. 

As EMIS-X will allow us to provide NHS organisations with greater 
levels of integration and interoperability, we’ll see some real shifts in 
the way healthcare is managed and delivered. 

I’m also looking forward to seeing the release of new EMIS-X Analytics 
tools to provide users with insight derived from clinical data to 
improve the quality and efficiency of healthcare delivery. 

What is the highlight of your first twelve months 
with EMIS Group?
I’ve had the privilege of immersing myself in the strong culture of 
the business, meeting exceptional people who are motivated by our 
purpose. This was evident in our response to the pandemic and I was 
proud to see how people from across the business pulled together to 
provide the NHS with the digital tools it needed, fast. 

Outside the Covid-19 response, a real highlight was the smooth 
delivery of EMIS Health’s transition to the new NHS GP IT Futures 
framework and Digital Buying Catalogue in England. The launch of 
EMIS-X Analytics in the second half of the year is the shape of things 
to come: next level innovation that will help drive transformation in 
the healthcare industry. 

What’s your view on the way EMIS Group responded 
to Covid-19? 
We reacted quickly; within a very short timeframe, EMIS Group 
had the tools, processes and communication structures in place 
to implement homeworking for colleagues. 

This meant we could quickly focus on two clear priorities: the 
wellbeing of our colleagues and keeping our software systems and 
support services up and running for our end users. We quickly 
managed to go over and above securing continuity of service, working 
with NHS Digital (NHSD) on new coronavirus insights and releasing 
new coronavirus-related functionality in EMIS Web and EMIS 
Anywhere (mobile device access enabling flexible working for GP 
practices). We had the approach that if we could help, we would help. 

What will you bring to the Board in your role as Chair?
I will focus on further strengthening the quality of the Board, bringing 
extensive experience of driving innovation and growth, as well as a 
strong customer focus. It’s my goal to support the senior management 
team in delivering our strategic plan of innovation and growth, as well 
as improving the customer experience and investment in our talent, 
to strengthen the business and to maximise its potential.

I’ve joined at a time when 
development of EMIS-X is 
underway and I am most 
looking forward to seeing 
what our customers can do 
with the platform in future.”

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

7

Chief Executive Officer’s statement

Another year of positive 
progress for the Group

EMIS is well positioned to respond to the challenges its customers face 
in 2021 and beyond.

Overview 
2020 has been another year of positive progress for EMIS Group. While 
Covid-19 presented unprecedented challenges to the healthcare sector, 
it has also been a catalyst for change, leading to a more rapid adoption 
of digital healthcare that is here to stay. EMIS reacted quickly to the 
changing needs of our customers with a focus on supporting both the 
NHS and our colleagues through the pandemic in every way we can. 

EMIS Group delivered a resilient financial performance during the period, 
with revenue and adjusted operating profit at very similar levels to 2019 
while reported operating profit grew strongly. Over the year we increased 
our cash position by 70% and are pleased to be able to recommend an 
increased final dividend for the tenth consecutive year. 

Our NHS and community pharmacy customers have done an incredible 
job in 2020, as have all our partners in the UK healthcare sector. The 
front line response to the pandemic has been outstanding and I am 
delighted to say that all my colleagues at EMIS have stepped up and 
helped our NHS heroes in every way possible, making a strong social 
contribution by supporting the clinicians that are delivering patient care 
on the front line.

Operational execution 
EMIS’s responsiveness and adaptability during the pandemic has 
enabled us to manage the business well throughout this challenging 
time. Early preparation meant that we moved 99% of our people 
to homeworking in both the UK and India ahead of the first formal 

8

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

lockdown announcement in March 2020. We received positive 
feedback from our customers throughout this period and were 
pleased to support the NHS front line appropriately. 

Our combination of homeworking and on-site working enabled us to 
continue to provide technical support to our end users during this busy 
time without any interruption to service. Importantly, no staff were 
furloughed and no redundancies took place during lockdown.

Our robust business model has been the foundation for our 
performance this year, with 82% recurring revenue (2019: 78%). In 
addition, our account management and sales model has yielded good 
results with £28m of new business delivered in the year. 

The new business product mix delivered during 2020 was different to 
what we had expected at the start of the year, as a direct consequence 
of the pandemic. For example, we saw higher than usual hardware sales 
resulting from the need for rapid deployment of mobile working 
solutions during lockdown. Growth was delayed in some areas of the 
business, such as in the uptake of Patient marketplace services and 
sales in the community pharmacy market, as patients made fewer visits 
to community pharmacies during the first lockdown.

We have made further improvements in our customer support area, 
with formal service level agreement (SLA) performance significantly 
improving year on year. We are focussed on continuous improvement 
in customer and partner satisfaction into 2021 and beyond. 

Pinnacle acquisition and integration 
The business was strengthened in March 2020 with the acquisition of 
Pinnacle, owners and operators of the widely-used PharmOutcomes 
platform. The company has integrated well into the Group, both culturally 
and operationally, especially considering it was acquired at the beginning 
of the pandemic. Almost immediately following the acquisition, Pinnacle 
began working with the Patient team to provide a new GP patient referral 
service as part of Patient Access for Professionals, called Patient Access 
Connect. This allows practice staff to triage patients and refer them to a 
community pharmacist in instances where they do not need to see a GP, 
such as for a minor illness consultation. 

Interoperability is progressing well between Pinnacle’s core 
PharmOutcomes system and our existing community pharmacy system, 
ProScript Connect. In the summer, the two systems began to successfully 
exchange data to enable pharmacists to check for shielding patients who 
needed their medicines to be home delivered during the pandemic.

From December onwards, Pinnacle’s Outcomes4Health system became the 
system used by healthcare professionals throughout England delivering 
vaccinations to capture and share essential immunisation information. 
It is being used by healthcare professionals in GP-led primary care, 
community pharmacy and mass vaccination centres, linking directly with 
NIMS for vital data exchange and sharing Covid-19 vaccination data back 
into the GP record. By 1 March 2021, Outcomes4Health had been 
deployed in almost 1,400 vaccination centres and has supported over 
14.9 million vaccinations, as well as underpinning the NHS daily reporting 
on vaccination delivery.

STRATEGIC REPORT£28m new business delivered in the year

Our product roadmap 
We continued to bring new talent into our global development team 
during the pandemic and now have 687 people in our core product 
development team representing 45% of our employees, with our team 
in Chennai continuing to go from strength to strength. This number has 
increased from 417 in 2018, with the growth funded through efficiency 
enhancements in other parts of our business. 

Technology development continued in line with our product roadmap, 
including the early release of EMIS-X Analytics during the year, and we 
remain committed to continuing investment in new technology through 
2021 and beyond. 

The positive customer response to EMIS-X Analytics has been particularly 
encouraging since its launch in October 2020. We have secured pilot 
contracts with 25 NHS organisations for use of our Explorer analytics 
product to analyse and drive improvements to healthcare in local populations, 
including winter planning and identifying Covid-19 hotspots in the local 
area. We have been supporting large-scale epidemiological Covid-19 
research with NHS England and researchers from Oxford University and 
the London School of Tropical Hygiene & Medicine, and have contracted 
with Oxford University and a global, science-led biopharmaceutical 
business to help recruit and screen patients for a major clinical research 
project in the treatment of Covid-19. 

In addition we are collaborating with one of the top five global 
pharmaceutical companies to implement a neural network, and the first 
non-image based artificial intelligence deployed in healthcare, into EMIS 
Web to aid early detection of atrial fibrillation and reduce occurrence of 
strokes across the UK population.

Our culture 
Our culture continues to evolve positively. During 2020 we moved to 
a flexible working culture, becoming a primarily homeworking business 
with plans for our office spaces to be transformed into collaboration 
hubs for team working, meetings and cross-group teamwork. We made 
this change in consultation with our staff, after our mid-year survey 
showed that 96% of UK staff were happy to work from home. 

Following an employee survey on our culture at the beginning of 2020, 
we launched our updated corporate values in the second half of the year. 
The values are supportive, responsible, transformative and collaborative 
and they capture the essence of what makes EMIS a great place to work 
both in the UK and in India. We are committed to embedding these values 
as part of our Group culture through employee engagement and 
communication as we look to live the values during 2021 and beyond. 

We believe it is very important to recognise our team members for 
the positive contributions they make on a daily basis, and so employee 
reward and recognition was another key focus area for us in 2020. This 
included the launch of a new “on demand” system where managers can 
immediately recognise great behaviour or achievements and reward the 
individual on the spot. 

Employee wellbeing was also a big focus for us during 2020, with 
28 volunteers trained as mental health first aiders for their colleagues. 
Their proactive engagement this year has made a notable difference 
across the business with a number of staff members personally recognising 
the invaluable support these volunteers have delivered in this area. 

Focus on growth
With these solid foundations in place, the senior management team is 
focussed on translating our product development investment into growth.
We expect to return to growth in 2021 and to build market momentum 
with our new product developments, which will lead to opportunities 
for higher levels of growth in 2022 and beyond. 

Evolution of NHS structure 
Integrated Care System (ICS) organisations have been growing in 
importance in recent years. These organisations are responsible for 
strategic plans to improve care for their local populations, including a 
focus on digital health. To succeed, ICSs will need effective, integrated 
solutions that enable data to flow between different healthcare settings 
and systems, including shared care records and population-level 
analytics. Our product development strategy is aligned with these 
priorities, for both existing and new products, and we have already 
restructured our sales and account teams in response to the growing 
importance of ICSs. 

In February 2021, the Secretary of State for Health and Social Care 
proposed that ICSs be formalised as statutory legal bodies, in a White 
Paper entitled “Integration and Innovation: working together to improve 
health and social care for all.” Under these proposals, ICSs would 
replace Clinical Commissioning Groups (CCGs) and partner with 
hospital trusts and social care services, holding the local budget. 
ICSs would be required to demonstrate integrated care pathways, 
underpinned by a new data sharing strategy. 

We continue to closely monitor changes to the NHS organisational 
structure and as always, we will respond accordingly and adapt our business 
model as appropriate. We do not believe that the changes proposed in the 
White Paper are likely to have any material impact on the Group. 

Summary and outlook
It is a privilege to lead EMIS Group. 

Covid-19 has put healthcare at the centre of the global agenda. 
We believe that EMIS is well positioned to respond to the challenges 
our customers face in 2021 and beyond, with a combination of our 
innovative technology, leading market shares and strong recurring 
revenues that enable us to invest with confidence. The product 
development investment we have made in recent years means our 
current and emerging software is well suited to meet the evolving 
requirements of the healthcare industry both today and in the future. 

As we now move forward, our customers require innovation and new 
solutions. EMIS remains focussed on the vision of a digital, connected 
healthcare world and we look forward to achieving great results for our 
customers, colleagues and shareholders.

Andy Thorburn
Chief Executive Officer
17 March 2021

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

9

Business model

Joined-up healthcare 
through technology

OUR KEY INPUTS

• Innovative connected 
technology services.

• Highly skilled people.

• Trusted brand.

• Strong relationships strategically 

aligned with government, partners 
and the markets we serve.

• Strong revenue visibility.

• Responsible leadership.

• Strong culture of putting both 
patients and customers first.

O

l e a d i n g clinical technolo
E M IS Health

g

y

t

e

k

r

a

M

ary care

rim

P

C o m munity care

Integrated  
healthcare

P

a

r

t

n

e

r

s

P

a

tient

a l y tics

A n

y

c

Community p h a r m a
EMIS Ente r p r i s e
A LYSIS
ding customer s e r v i c e   a

N

A

u

t

P

A

sta
n

T
I
E

A

c

u

t

e

A

&

E

y
c
a
m
r
a
h

o s pital p

H

o rt

p

p

u

d   s

n

Markets page 16

N

T

Our four key values underpin everything we do, throughout every area of the business

Responsible
EMIS Group employees are honest and transparent 
and act with integrity. EMIS people take ownership 
of the fact they have an important job to do in 
supporting UK healthcare.

Collaborative
EMIS Group is focussed on working as one 
joined-up team towards collective goals that deliver 
the Group purpose to enable better care through 
technology innovation.

Supportive
EMIS Group has a strong culture of caring for 
employees and customers alike. Throughout the 
business, people care and encourage others so 
everyone can perform at their best.

Transformative
EMIS Group helps to improve UK healthcare through 
its products and services. EMIS employees have a 
clear understanding of how they can contribute to 
make a real difference.

10

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
How we generate revenue 

How we add value

• Software subscription and support 

– recurring.

• Interface and connectivity charges 

– mainly recurring.

• Hardware and related services – 

mainly non-recurring.

• Other services – mixed recurring/

non-recurring. 

• Perpetual licences, training, 

consultancy and implementation – 
non-recurring.

8282+

 Recurring revenue: 82%

Non-recurring revenue: 18%

Financial review page 42

Why customers choose us

CUSTOMERS
We help make integrated care a 
reality across the healthcare industry.

24%

of CCGs use EMIS Health systems 
for both community care and 100% 
of primary care (2019: 24%)

CLINICIANS
Our systems and services are 
designed to support healthcare 
on the front line.

UK PUBLIC
We provide trusted healthcare 
information and digital services 
for the UK general public.

10,000

healthcare organisations rely 
on our clinical systems daily

12 million

Patient Access registered users

SHAREHOLDERS
We deliver long-term growth 
in dividends and share price.

32.0p

dividend for the year

BUSINESS-TO-
BUSINESS (B2B)
We provide B2B systems and 
services to enterprise customers 
in the healthcare market.

EMPLOYEES
We are investing in technology 
innovation and software 
engineering roles as we accelerate 
new software development.

5,229

community pharmacies use our 
software to deliver better customer 
service and drive up revenue

45%

of employees are dedicated to 
software and product development

Clinically 
focussed
We enable clinicians 
to provide safe and 
efficient care through 
excellent software 
and services – 
helping patients live 
longer, healthier lives.

Trusted supplier
Our software and 
services are used 
in every major 
healthcare setting 
– from GP surgeries 
to high street 
pharmacies, 
community, 
hospitals and 
specialist services.

Joining up 
patient care
Through innovative 
technology, we are 
giving more and 
more healthcare 
professionals access 
to the information 
they need to provide 
the best possible 
front line healthcare.

Care about 
our customers
Clinically led 
development teams 
work with our 
customers to develop 
systems. That is why 
we consistently meet 
the needs of 
end users.

Innovative
We are always 
looking at future 
technologies and 
trends to make sure 
we develop ground-
breaking services that 
benefit patients, 
clinicians and 
NHS organisations.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

11

+
18
18
+
+
C
C
Stakeholder engagement

Connecting with 
key stakeholders

To deliver the business’ purpose, the EMIS 
Group Board considers the interests of its 
key stakeholders when making decisions. 
This ensures that the Directors are fulfilling 
their duties under Section 172 (s.172) of the 
Companies Act 2006, to ensure the  
long-term success of the Company. 

These pages outline the priorities of 
employees, customers and shareholders, 
how the Board engages with these groups 
and the outcomes of this consideration 
throughout the year. 

Regular updates from the Group executive team 
Throughout the year, the Group executive team (GXT) updated 
the Board with information on important areas of business focus, in 
particular those relating to our key stakeholders as well as environmental, 
social and governance (ESG) matters. This ensured that the Board had 
a good understanding of the priorities of each stakeholder group to 
aid decision making. 

More information on the Group’s ESG activities can be found in the 
sustainability report on pages 34 to 41.

Other topics regularly reported to the Board include data security, 
customer satisfaction and performance against SLAs.

Direct engagement of Board members 
Prior to Covid-19 restrictions, Board meetings were held at each 
of the Group offices to enable a first-hand understanding of the 
culture and how it varied between locations. Jen Byrne took on the 
role of designated Non-executive Director in 2019 to comply with 
requirements under the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 
(“the Code”) and engage with the workforce on a regular basis. Before 
the pandemic, Jen took part in breakfast meetings with staff so that 
the Board had a better understanding of employee issues and the 
Group’s culture. The Executive Directors are in daily contact with 
staff from across the business to understand key topics relating to 
both employees and customers and regular updates are provided to 
the Board. A number of Board members had meetings with shareholders 
during the year to discuss strategy and remuneration. 

More information about how the Directors have discharged their duties 
under s.172 is available in the strategic report on pages 2 to 45.

12

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

Board considerations and decisions
Information flows regularly from the senior team to the 
Board. Below is a list of some of the topics considered 
throughout the year as the Directors discharged their duties.

People and culture
• Update on employee culture survey results and 

consideration of how to increase employee engagement

• Consideration of employee wellbeing as lockdown began 

• Jen Byrne fed back on business culture

• Update on employee wellbeing as lockdown continued

• Decision to engage with employees on future office plans

• Decision to move to flexible working after considering 

employee flexible working survey results

• Consideration of proposed changes to employee 

remuneration including pension alignment and matching 
shares under the SIP

Strategy
• Update on Patient and consideration of shareholder value 

• Consideration of interim dividend payment

• Update on GP IT Futures and EMIS-X Analytics launch

• Consideration and approval of interim report and dividend 

• Consideration of M&A and shareholder value

• Update on service performance and decision to start a 

customer satisfaction working group

• Consideration of proposed environmental strategy and 

decision to build on this in 2021

• Consideration and approval of 2021 budget

• Consideration of product roadmap

Covid-19
• Consideration of impact of Covid-19 on dividend payment 

and business viability 

• Consideration and decision to provide free video 

technology to customers during peak pandemic months 

• Update on continuing to meet customer SLAs despite 

Covid-19 

Governance
• Update on information security

• Data security update

• Update by Chair and Andy McKeon on investor meetings 

in relation to strategy and remuneration matters

• Agreed the appointment of JP Rangaswami to join the 

Board on 1 March 2021

STRATEGIC REPORTKEY TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1 Growth

2 Technology transformation

3 Customer experience

4 Governance and simplification

5 People focus

CUSTOMERS

Link to strategy

1

2

3 4 5

What is important to them

• Technology systems that 
help clinicians deliver 
patient care 

• Customer satisfaction 
with our products and 
support service 

• Good relationships 

Bob Brown
Chief Operating Officer

• Feedback loop from the account team speaking to end users daily, fed into the senior team, 

GXT and Board.

How we engage

• The commercial team engages regularly with strategic and national customers with openness 

and transparency, to build trust and collaborative working relationships.

• The Group undertakes customer satisfaction surveys and analysis of support statistics to look 

for ways to improve the customer experience. 

• A wide range of communications channels keep customers up to date, including the support 
website, account management calls, customer seminars and online events and newsletters. 

Considerations and outcomes

• EMIS considers the impact of the customer 
at every level of the business, from the Board 
to the service desk.

• The focus on improving customer satisfaction 
has been reinforced by the nomination of a 
GXT customer satisfaction champion, Bob 
Brown, who is driving improvement across 
the business. 

•  EMIS has created a real-time support 

dashboard to monitor call and live chat 
volumes and easily spot emerging patterns 
in support incidents to proactively manage 
issues even better.

I speak to our 
improving customer 
experience 
representatives from 
key areas of the 
business every day, 
to find out what is the 
most important thing 
for our customers 
right now: what is 
trending in support; 
what is in the pipeline 
from development; 
and what is the 
picture from account 
management? It 
focusses us on what 
we need to do across 
the business that day 
for customer 
satisfaction.”

More information can be found in the operational review on pages 24 to 27

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

13

Stakeholder engagement continued

KEY TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1 Growth

2 Technology transformation

3 Customer experience

4 Governance and simplification

5 People focus

EMPLOYEES

Link to strategy

1

2

3

54

What is important to them

• Feeling engaged with the 
business and its overall 
purpose, especially during 
lockdown 

How we engage

• Wellbeing and work-life 

balance 

• Being fairly rewarded and 
incentivised for their work

• Feeling valued, trusted 

and empowered

• The Group ran a culture audit in early 2020 to discover what its employees thought of the 

culture and values. 

• National and regional employee forums give employees a voice, providing employee feedback 

to HR, the leadership team and the Board. 

• All business changes during 2020 began with a communicate and engage step – listening to 

employee views through surveys, conversations and speaking at team meetings.

• Shorter and more frequent employee surveys were issued during 2020 to capture employee 

feedback as the business navigated through the pandemic.

• Digital engagement was key during 2020 – utilising systems such as Teams and Workplace, for 
both business operations and building team relationships, ranging from CEO Q&A sessions to 
team quizzes.

• The designated Non-executive Director attended a breakfast briefing with colleagues from the 
Bolton office in January 2020 and attended the National Employee Forum in December 2020.

Considerations and outcomes 

• Feedback from employees was considered 
in every decision relating to the Group’s 
working culture throughout 2020, including 
the outcomes of the culture audit and the 
shorter surveys during lockdown.

• The outcomes include a move to becoming 

mainly home based with our offices changing 
to collaboration hubs in future and updates 
to the Group values. 

• Understanding employee views meant that 
wellbeing has been considered in every 
decision, vital during lockdown. EMIS launched 
a new wellbeing programme, Thrive, with an 
initial focus on financial and mental wellbeing.

• Feedback from staff led to the creation 
of specific employee forums to address 
important topics, such as flexible working 
and diversity and inclusion. 

• EMIS improved its performance review process 
following employee feedback, focussing more 
on good quality conversations.

• The business increased employer pension 

contribution for lower level employees and is 
aiming to align contributions for all employees 
across the Group by 2023.

• From January 2021 there will be an increase 
to the Share Incentive Plan (SIP) from one 
matching share for every three purchased, to 
one matching share for every two purchased. 

• Launch of EMIS Heroes, a reward platform, 

supported externally allowing cross-company 
e-cards, vouchers and awards to be provided 
in the UK and India.

Jacqui Summons
Group HR Director

We want our 
employees to feel 
empowered, trusted 
and valued. Flexible 
working is not just 
about a change in 
location, it is about 
every employee 
understanding and 
embracing our values. 
We want everyone to 
know that the work 
they do has a “golden 
thread” through to 
our business purpose, 
vision and goals and 
to be empowered to 
make a difference.”

More information can be found in the people section of the sustainability report on pages 40 and 41

14

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTSHAREHOLDERS

Link to strategy

1

2

3 4 5

What is important to them

• Staying up to date with 

EMIS Group strategy and 
business performance 

• Knowing how Covid-19 
impacted the business 
during 2020

• Timely and relevant 

communication

• Shareholder value 

• Understanding the 

remuneration policy and 
management incentivisation

How we engage

• A thorough approach to our regular reporting content, delivered through the annual report 

and accounts and half year report. 

• A multi-media approach with the use of webinars and video interviews to accompany the 

full and half year results. 

• The executive Board members offer opportunities for direct one-to-one Q&A sessions at 

the full and half year results, with analysts, investors and potential investors.

• Feedback from investors following the twice yearly roadshow meetings is shared with the 

Board and senior team.

• Board members met with shareholders during the year to discuss strategy and remuneration.

• The Group invited questions prior to the AGM in 2020, which was held as a closed meeting 

because of the pandemic.

Considerations and outcomes 

• The Group takes advice and guidance from its 
advisers on what is important to shareholders 
in planning all communications, to ensure it 
addresses any new and emerging key topics. 

• This information is fed into all communication 
channels, from digital to multi-media to hard 
copy formats.

• As an outcome, EMIS Group was shortlisted 
for the third year running in the AIM Awards, 
in the “best investor communication” and 
“best corporate governance” categories.

• Updates on the impact of Covid-19 on the 
business were issued in March, May and 
September, to keep shareholders up to date. 

• Shareholder value was considered throughout 
the year in light of Covid-19, considering the 
impact of a dividend payment on the 
long-term viability of the business. 

Andy Thorburn
Chief Executive Officer

We take an open and 
transparent approach 
with our shareholders 
and potential 
shareholders, 
particularly in the 
weeks following the 
full and half year 
results. Peter Southby 
and I take the time to 
meet shareholders 
(virtually during the 
pandemic) to answer 
any questions, provide 
clarity on any areas of 
specific interest and 
share as much 
information as we are 
able to within the 
confines of 
commercial 
confidentiality.”

More information on how we engage with shareholders can be found in the corporate governance statement on page 51

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

15

Markets

Digital acceleration

Covid-19 has accelerated 
technology adoption in the NHS. 
The desire for a digitised NHS was 
already in place, as set out in the 
2019 NHS Long Term Plan, and the 
pandemic served to drive the pace 
of change. Initiatives such as NHS 
England’s “total triage” model set 
the agenda for more widespread 
data sharing and the digital 
delivery of front line healthcare; 
many believe these changes are 
here to stay. 

The National Audit Office (NAO) reports that “digital 
transformation in the NHS will increase in importance as a 
result of the crisis” and NHS Confederation chief executive, 
Niall Dickson, has said we should see “virtual by default” as 
the new normal in key areas of delivery.

An RCGP survey of GPs in July 2020 reported that 88% 
of respondents said their surgery was equipped to deliver 
video or e-consultations, an increase from 5% before 
the pandemic. 

Covid-19 has also shone a spotlight on the importance of 
data to protect public health. From tracking and monitoring 
the spread of the virus to understanding the risk factors for 
different population groups, data-driven analysis has 
become a critical tool.

The changing market gives EMIS an opportunity to do what 
it does best: grow, adapt, innovate, partner and most of all 
continue to be at the forefront of advancing technology for 
the UK IT healthcare sector. 

KEY TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1 Growth

2 Technology transformation

3 Customer experience

4 Governance and simplification

5 People focus

16

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

CONNECTED CARE

Link to strategy

1

2

3

54

Market drivers 

• The NAO reports that the government committed £4.7bn to deliver 
its digital transformation portfolio between 2016–17 and 2020–21 
and that NHS England and NHS Improvement plan to maintain a 
higher level of spending on the portfolio.

• The government’s spending review 2020 includes £559m to support 

modernisation of technology across the healthcare system.

• The NAO reports that “for interoperability to work, there must be 
national standards in place”, including the SNOMED CT clinical 
coding standard and fast healthcare interoperability resource (FHIR), 
a standard for exchanging healthcare information.

• CCGs continue to merge into larger organisations as ICSs take 
responsibility for local healthcare strategy, with a requirement 
for interoperable IT.

• A white paper by the Secretary of State proposes that ICSs are 

formalised into statutory bodies replacing CCGs to take ownership 
of the strategic direction and budget for local healthcare populations.

• GP practices are grouping into Primary Care Networks (PCNs) to 
provide sustainable models of primary care. Their importance is 
increasing, for example they have been at the forefront of the 
vaccination programme.

• The UK government’s use of a Control Of Patient Information (COPI) 

notice to centrally control data sharing for Covid-19 sets a new 
standard for access to research data at an unprecedented scale 
and speed.

How EMIS Group can help

• EMIS Web is accredited for SNOMED CT and is working with NHSD 

to deliver interoperability using FHIR interfaces. A&E system, 
Symphony, is already exchanging data with 111 services using FHIR. 

• NHSD connectivity programmes launched to date include GP 

Connect, which enables secure data sharing, and the electronic 
prescription service between GP practices and pharmacies. 

• EMIS-X is taking integrated care to the next stage, enabling efficient 
and seamless wide-scale interoperability across healthcare, from GPs 
to paramedics to social care. 

• EMIS-X Analytics provides NHS customers with deeper, faster insight 
into healthcare data for essential Covid-19 research, other vital public 
health disease surveillance and the Covid-19 recovery plan to address 
unmet healthcare needs. 

• EMIS Group technology is being used throughout the NHS to 

support the fight against Covid-19.

STRATEGIC REPORTLink to strategy

1

2

3

54

THE DIGITAL  
FRONT DOOR 

Market drivers

• The NHS Long Term Plan stated that all patients will have the right to 
online consultations by April 2020 and video consultations by 2021. 
The new GP contract mandates that all PCNs and practices will 
provide a “core digital offering” by April 2021.

• NHSX, NHS England and NHS Improvement accelerated the roll-out 
of video consultation solutions through central contracts in mid-2020.

• The pandemic caused both a drop in footfall into community 

pharmacies and an increase in awareness of the important role that 
community pharmacies play in front line healthcare, causing the 
sector to look at digital delivery of healthcare. 

• The healthcare technology market is attracting global organisations 
such as Amazon and Microsoft, particularly in the area of medicines 
management, bringing consumer trends and expectations into the 
healthcare sector. 

• The role of community pharmacies is changing towards a hub and 

spoke centralised medication management model and a shift towards 
service provision for patients, such as the Covid-19 vaccination.

How EMIS Group can help 

• EMIS offers a range of options for primary care digital healthcare 

delivery, including online triage, video consultations and integrated 
telephone consultation software, as well as enabling clinicians to 
access EMIS Web from any location including their home. 

• Patient Access users increased from 8.4 million to 11.7 million during 
2020 as more people turned to digital solutions for their healthcare 
requirements, such as ordering repeat prescriptions, booking 
in-person and remote GP appointments or pharmacy services. 

• EMIS Group built on its Patient marketplace offering by releasing 
Patient Access for Professionals, enabling community pharmacists 
to provide video consultations to their customers.

• 2021 will see the launch and scaling of new services for the UK 

public that allow community pharmacies to offer a consumer-style 
experience through Patient Access Smart Pharmacy, including 
tracking repeat prescription orders and opting for home delivery. 

• EMIS is enabling the modernisation and digitalisation of the 

community pharmacy sector through hub and spoke powered by 
Smart Pharmacy, helping to build a sustainable community pharmacy 
model as competition in the digital space increases. 

• Patient, Pinnacle and EMIS Community Pharmacy together will develop 
solutions for the provision of clinical services in a pharmacy setting.

Industry insight

Dr Shaun O’Hanlon
Chief Medical Officer, EMIS Group

The digital transformation of healthcare during the 
pandemic has been nothing short of remarkable.

The total triage approach was readily adopted 
by patients and clinicians when the pandemic 
started, leading to unprecedented use of online 
consultations to manage demand and provide 
timely responses to patients. There is now a 
professional consensus that healthcare will never 
go back to how it was – a “digital front door” will 
create a sustainable model that will better enable 
a stretched service to meet the ongoing 
challenge of increasing healthcare demand. 

Primary care is reorganising and GP practices are 
collaborating as PCNs, which have been able to 
set up agile, flexible ways of providing healthcare 
from the use of online triage and consultations to 
creating digital care pathways to support patient 
self-care. The Covid-19 vaccination programme is 
a terrific example of how PCNs have responded to 
the challenge. 

Covid-19 has helped unlock the potential of 
technology for large-scale research, demonstrating 
how data analytics can provide a vital and rapid 
insight into the health of the population.

I expect we are witnessing a paradigm shift 
in how the NHS embraces digital technology 
and data analytics in a positive way to improve 
UK healthcare.

Looking ahead, the next step is the Covid-19 
recovery phase. We will need to see the 
Covid-19 induced deficits in care for long-term 
conditions, mental health, screening and cancer 
diagnosis addressed rapidly. This will require 
advanced risk algorithms based on a clinical 
data-driven approach to prioritise patients for 
assessment and intervention.

The global digital transformation in healthcare 
will be sustained and further accelerated – 
healthcare will never return to the way it was 
before 2020.

 | Annual report and accounts 2020

17

 
Strategy

The leading provider of 
healthcare technology

EMIS Group’s vision is to be the leading provider of innovative 
healthcare technology that improves people’s lives. EMIS delivers 
this by providing connected care solutions for clinicians and a 
digital front door to healthcare for the UK public. 

Driving the vision are five strategic principles – growth, technology 
transformation, customer experience, governance and simplification, 
and people focus – which unite the Group in its purpose to enable 
better patient care. 

EMIS is strategically aligned with current and future NHS policy, 
particularly focussed on the common goal to digitise and integrate 
healthcare. When technology is joined up, healthcare services can 
operate in a co-ordinated, efficient and effective way that has a 
positive impact on patient outcomes and experience, from 
reduced waiting times to more meaningful interactions with 
clinicians. That is vital to all of EMIS’s customers. EMIS Group’s 
strategy enables the vision of integrated care to become a reality, 
creating a joined-up NHS across all major settings. 

Risk management page 28

Key performance indicators page 20

1

GROWTH 

EMIS’s priorities are aligned to meet market needs and the 
business is focussed on growth through investment in 
technology and product innovation. 

EMIS-X will be a key driver for growth; in the mid-term it will 
be the UK’s first integrated clinical platform serving all of the 
Group’s major healthcare markets. The Group continues to 
develop its range of patient-facing services delivered through 
Patient Access, creating opportunities for growth in the 
community pharmacy market, as well as growing the EMIS-X 
Analytics suite. 

The EMIS partner programme will drive growth through the 
creation of a complete technology ecosystem for customers. 

More information on how EMIS has delivered growth in both 
the EMIS Health and EMIS Enterprise segments is in the 
operational review on pages 24 to 27.

2

TECHNOLOGY TRANSFORMATION

3

CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE 

EMIS Group’s purpose is to enable better care through 
innovation. Its technology strategy is all about accelerating the 
transformation clinicians’ experience of delivering healthcare, as 
well as the patients’ digital experience, the healthcare analytics 
space and the process of medicines management for the acute 
and community pharmacy markets. 

EMIS has a clear development roadmap for both new and 
existing products. The business will create agile building blocks 
that enable technology transformation at the necessary speed 
and pace required for its customers. 

More information about how EMIS’s technology transformation 
is aligned with market need is in the markets section on pages 
16 and 17 and details of the technology improvements delivered 
during 2020 are in the operational review on pages 24 to 27. 

Customer satisfaction is a key cornerstone of EMIS’s strategy 
– the business aims to delight its customers through every 
product and service interaction. EMIS has invested a lot of time 
and energy in this area in recent years to measure and improve 
customer satisfaction in all of its major markets. 

From meeting SLAs to improving call answering times to 
delivering training, when it is important to the customer it 
becomes a priority for EMIS. This also means clinical safety is at 
the heart of EMIS Group’s actions – particularly when it comes 
to software development. Clinicians always put patient care 
first and therefore so does every EMIS employee. 

Find more information in the stakeholder engagement section 
on pages 12 to 15 and the operational review on pages 24 to 27.

18

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT4

GOVERNANCE AND 
SIMPLIFICATION 

Governance is a key priority for EMIS – whether that is data 
security, clinical safety, business integrity or ensuring the 
business is performing optimally. 

The business’ commitment to good governance is embedded 
in every part of the organisation. A series of “golden rules” 
governs the Group’s operating processes and the risk 
management committee (RMC) proactively drives down 
exposure to risk. One of EMIS’s values is responsible, which 
helps keeps governance at the forefront of mind for employees. 
The business does everything it can to ensure that governance 
is enabling rather than limiting by ensuring processes are both 
simple and effective. 

Find more information about EMIS’s governance principles and 
processes in the sustainability section on pages 34 to 41.

5

PEOPLE FOCUS 

EMIS’s strategy to attract, retain, inspire and reward its 
employees will help the business reach the next stage of 
growth through technology innovation. 

EMIS employees worked exceptionally hard during 2020 to 
support the fight against Covid-19. Driving positive change is 
a key motivator for EMIS employees and the pandemic really 
showed their determination and commitment. The business 
now moves forward into 2021 with the same unswerving focus 
to deliver the technology and support that makes a difference 
to the UK healthcare front line. 

EMIS strives to be an employer of choice through reward and 
recognition, clear values and purpose and excellent engagement 
and communication. Find more information about the Group’s 
people strategy in the stakeholder engagement section on 
pages 12 to 15 and in the sustainability section on pages 34 to 41.

Case study

A fantastic response 
from EMIS customers

Researchers have hailed a “fantastic” response from GP 
practices who stepped forward to contribute patient data for 
vital Covid-19 research at the University of Oxford – tripling 
the amount of data available. In the first three months 1,700 
practices had stepped forward to contribute. 

Alex Eavis, Director of EMIS-X Analytics at EMIS Group, 
said: “The data came from a daily pseudonymised feed 
from participating practices provided by EMIS. We gave 
researchers at the University first access to EMIS-X Analytics 
technology ahead of the official launch in October 2020. 

“The response from GPs followed a joint appeal in March 
2020 by EMIS and the Oxford Royal College of General 
Practitioners Research and Surveillance Centre (Oxford RCGP 
RSC) at Oxford University, requesting practices to share their 
data under strict governance guidelines.”

Professor Simon de Lusignan, Director of the RSC, said 
he was “delighted” by the response from GPs. “We had a 
resource before but it is on a fantastic scale now and is 
already helping us to answer important questions about 
Covid-19.

“The sheer numbers coming forward have surprised and 
delighted me, but primary care has really stepped up to the 
plate on all fronts in this crisis. It would be difficult to do this 
research without carefully coded primary care data. For 
example, ethnicity is well recorded by many GP practices, and 
this was vital to help us understand the impact of Covid-19 on 
BAME communities.”

The data enabled the researchers to understand the spread 
of Covid-19, including tracking when it peaks, which helped to 
inform strategy on local social distancing and lockdown during 
mid to late 2020. It was also used to evaluate rapid Covid-19 
finger prick tests against swab tests. Some practices took part 
in rapid clinical trials of antibiotics to reduce the duration and 
severity of the virus.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

19

Key performance indicators

Measuring our performance

The Group’s key performance indicators (KPIs) monitor 
progress towards the achievement of its objectives.

Total revenue2

Adjusted operating profit1,2

£159.5m -

£39.3m -

Adjusted earnings  
per share (EPS)1,2

51.0p -1%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

159.5

159.5

149.7

170.1

142.4

160.4

144.5

158.7

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

39.3

39.3

35.9

37.6

36.8

37.4

38.3

38.8

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

51.0

51.4

45.1

47.4

46.4

47.2

48.7

49.4

DESCRIPTION
Total revenue is a reflection of the level 
of business that customers choose to 
place with the Group. It is important as 
a measure of the attractiveness of the 
Group’s products to the market.

Financial review pages 42 to 45

STRATEGIC FOCUS
Total revenue was consistent with the 
previous year. This reflects customer 
confidence in the Group’s products and 
was in line with the Board’s expectations 
during a challenging period in difficult 
markets due to the impact of Covid-19.

DESCRIPTION
This is the key measure of the Group’s 
underlying financial profitability, as 
defined in the alternative performance 
measures (APM) section on page 22, 
excluding exceptional items and expensing 
development costs as incurred. 

DESCRIPTION
Adjusted EPS represents the best 
measure of underlying profit attributable 
to shareholders, as set out in the APM 
section on page 22.

STRATEGIC FOCUS
The unchanged result in the year 
was reflective of a combination of a 
consistent level of revenue with a 
lower gross margin sales mix, offset 
by reduced staff costs and operating 
expenses. The Group’s target continues 
to be to increase operating margins 
towards 30%, which implies a faster rate 
of growth in profit than in revenue, to 
be delivered by operational leverage and 
greater efficiency in the Group’s systems.

STRATEGIC FOCUS
The marginal decrease in adjusted EPS 
in the year was broadly consistent with 
the adjusted operating profit which was 
flat on the previous period. As a key 
measure of shareholder return and 
driver of executive long-term incentive 
plans, EMIS Group’s strategy is to focus 
on driving improvements in this metric 
in future through delivering sustainable 
business growth.

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

LINK TO REMUNERATION
LINK TO REMUNERATION

LINK TO REMUNERATION

LINK TO REMUNERATION

R

R

R

1   Adjusted operating profit and adjusted EPS are APMs. See page 22 for further details.

2 

 Continuing operations excluding Specialist & Care business.

 Continuing operations and discontinued Specialist & Care business. 

20

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT 
KEY TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1 Growth

2 Technology transformation

3 Customer experience

4 Governance and simplification

5 People focus

KEY TO REMUNERATION

R Link to remuneration

R No link to remuneration

Total dividend  
for the year

32.0p +3%

Employee engagement

81% +11%

Research and development 
(R&D) investment2

£21.2m +2%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

32.0

31.2

28.4

25.8

23.4

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

81

70

70

65

65

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

21.2

20.7

18.7

19.0

16.8

17.1

17.0

17.3

DESCRIPTION
This measure records the amount of 
dividend paid out per share relating 
to the financial year.

STRATEGIC FOCUS
The Board’s recommendation of a 3% 
increase in the dividend is a reflection 
of the Board’s commitment as set out 
in the capital allocation policy (see page 77) 
to increase direct returns to shareholders 
over time in line with underlying 
earnings growth.

DESCRIPTION
This metric reflects overall employee 
engagement and includes the Group-wide 
average response to regular surveys on 
engagement, belief, loyalty and 
satisfaction including communication 
and support during the pandemic. 
The engagement score is the weighted 
average across a number of pulse surveys 
in the UK and India during 2020.

STRATEGIC FOCUS
The strong engagement level recorded 
in 2020 reflects the Group’s focus on 
supporting its employees through 
the pandemic, especially during the 
lockdown periods, and uniting in the 
common goal of helping the NHS 
through Covid-19. The Group is 
committed to continual improvement of 
its working culture and will continue with 
regular pulse surveys to measure 
engagement throughout 2021.

DESCRIPTION
This measures the level of R&D 
investment in the Group’s software 
products and is a key measure of the 
Group’s commitment to ensuring that it 
not only maintains its existing portfolio 
but is also investing in developing the 
products of the future.

STRATEGIC FOCUS
The increase in investment in the year 
is consistent with the Group’s strategic 
focus on preparing new products for the 
evolving healthcare market, including 
Patient and the EMIS-X clinical platform, 
as well as enhancing existing products 
such as EMIS Web.

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

LINK TO REMUNERATION

LINK TO REMUNERATION

LINK TO REMUNERATION

R

R

R

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

21

Alternative performance measures (APMs)

This annual report and accounts contains certain financial measures 
(APMs) that are not defined or recognised under IFRS but are presented to 
provide readers with additional financial information that is evaluated by 
management and investors in assessing the performance of the Group. 

This additional information presented is not uniformly defined by all 
companies and may not be comparable with similarly titled measures and 
disclosures by other companies. These measures are unaudited and should 
not be viewed in isolation or as an alternative to those measures that are 
derived in accordance with IFRS.

Recurring revenue
Recurring revenue is the revenue that annually repeats either under 
contractual arrangement or by predictable customer habit. It highlights 
how much of the Group’s total revenue is secured and anticipated to 
repeat in future periods, providing a measure of the financial strength 
of the Group. It is a measure that is well understood by the Group’s investor 
and analyst community and is used for internal performance reporting. 

Reported operating profit
Development costs capitalised
Amortisation of computer software developed 
for external sale
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on 
business combinations
Exceptional reorganisation costs
Exceptional release of contingent acquisition 
consideration

Adjusted operating profit

2020
£’000

35,776
(6,590)

2019
£’000

26,827
(7,363)

4,276

7,132

6,824
—

7,317
5,360

(1,020)

—

39,266

39,273

A reconciliation of adjusted earnings used in the adjusted EPS 
calculations is shown below:

Reported revenue
Non-recurring revenue

Recurring revenue

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

159,453
(29,410)

159,507
(34,538)

130,043

124,969

Adjusted operating profit, adjusted operating margin 
and adjusted EPS
Adjusted operating profit is operating profit from continuing operations 
excluding exceptional items, the effect of capitalisation and amortisation 
of development costs and the amortisation of acquired intangible assets. 
The same adjustments are also made in determining the adjusted 
operating margin of the Group and its segments and also in determining 
adjusted EPS. The EPS calculation further adjusts for the related tax and 
non-controlling interest effects of the operating profit adjustments.

The Board considers this adjusted measure of operating profit to 
provide the best metric of assessing underlying performance, as:

• it excludes exceptional items (items are only classified as exceptional 

due to their nature or size);

• it excludes any one-off goodwill impairment;

• by expensing capitalised development costs (and also not amortising 
these costs) it reflects the underlying in-year cash cost of development 
of software for external sale, as development is considered to be a 
core ongoing operating function of the business; and 

• it excludes the amortisation of acquired intangibles arising from business 
combinations which varies year on year dependent on the timing and 
size of any acquisitions. This is consistent with the presentation of the 
amortisation of the Group’s own software intangibles.

These metrics are used internally for reporting business unit performance 
and in determining management and executive remuneration. They are 
commonly used by other software companies and are also well 
understood by the Group’s investor and analyst community. 

Profit attributable to equity holders
Profit from discontinued operation, net of tax
Development costs capitalised
Amortisation of computer software developed  
for external sale
Amortisation of intangible assets arising on 
business combinations
Exceptional reorganisation costs
Exceptional release of contingent acquisition 
consideration
Other income
Tax and non-controlling interest effect of  
above items

2020
£’000

30,248
—
(6,590)

2019
£’000

22,658
(476)
(7,363)

4,276

7,132

6,824
—

(1,020)
(782)

7,317
5,360

—
—

(925)

(2,319)

Adjusted profit attributable to equity holders

32,031

32,309

Adjusted cash generated from operations
The Group’s adjusted cash generated from operations adjusts for capitalised 
development cost expenditure and the cash costs of exceptional items, 
consistent with the adjusted operating profit metric used by the Group. This 
provides a meaningful metric for the underlying cash the Group generates 
having accounted for the cash cost of all development expenditure and 
adding back the cash cost of non-recurring exceptional items. 

Reported cash generated from operations
Development costs capitalised
Cash cost of exceptional items

2020
£’000

64,138
(6,590)
1,303

2019
£’000

50,059
(7,363)
3,636

Adjusted cash generated from operations

58,851

46,332

Net cash/(debt)
The Group uses net cash/(debt), defined as cash and cash equivalents less 
total borrowings (excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities), as a supplementary 
measure in evaluating its liquidity, as it indicates the level of cash available 
to the Group and provides an indicator of the overall balance sheet strength. 
It is used in the calculation of the leverage ratio under its bank facility 
arrangements. For the period ended 31 December 2020 the Group 
was in a net cash position, with no borrowings.

22

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTCase study

London pharmacy 
group gives green light 
to online portal

A London pharmacy group that introduced digital services 
during the Covid-19 pandemic has increased flu vaccinations 
and carried out thousands of digital consultations.

Since rolling out Patient Access for Professionals twelve 
months ago, the Green Light Pharmacy Group has increased 
the number of flu jabs given at its 13 branches across London 
by 20%. Its co-owner Paras Shah said Patient Access had 
allowed it to “reach a huge number of people we would not 
have been able to otherwise” during the pandemic.

It has enabled pharmacists to offer both physical and virtual 
appointments via video or telephone and has generated over 
£80k in turnover for the pharmacy group, Patients can book 
appointments through the pharmacy, the Patient Access app or 
website, and join video consultations directly from their mobile 
device, desktop, or laptop. It also gives community pharmacists 
a virtual marketplace for their services. 

Patients with the Green Light Pharmacy Group have booked 
3,976 appointments online and in addition the group 
has carried out 4,000 flu jabs.

Patient Access is a trusted app and this 
in turn has increased our patients’ trust 
in us. During the lockdowns, people used 
it to book remote consultations at home, 
by phone or video.”

“We definitely would have struggled more during the pandemic 
without it,” said Paras. “Patient Access is a trusted app and this 
in turn has increased our patients’ trust in us. During the 
lockdowns, people used it to book remote consultations at 
home, by phone or video. They found it very easy to use and 
it has helped keep our customers and staff safer, by reducing 
visits to the pharmacy. We haven’t had to close any of our 
branches for a single day.”

He added: “We have definitely increased our visibility among 
patients, and it has been an invaluable tool for highlighting 
what we can offer - well over 30 patient services, including 
medication use reviews, blood pressure checks, minor ailment 
consultations and travel vaccinations. It is a great tool for 
pharmacy groups of any size.”

Sima Jassal MRPharmS, Head of Pharmacy, EMIS said: “We are 
delighted that Patient Access has helped our pharmacy customers 
during a very difficult year. Green Light Pharmacy Group is a 
fantastic example of how community pharmacy is using technology 
to extend its clinical role and offer patients a great service.

“During the pandemic, people have used digital health services 
much more and we believe Patient Access will become a 
familiar way for patients to access valuable advice, clinical 
services and care from their local community pharmacy.”

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

23

STRATEGIC REPORT

Operational review

Focussed on integrated care

Developing healthcare solutions in alignment with market need 
and NHS policy.

EMIS Health
The EMIS Health segment comprises business areas where revenues 
are generated from NHS organisations. This includes the primary, 
community and acute A&E markets and operates under the EMIS brand. 

Framework mini-tender processes are anticipated to occur on a regular 
basis through the coming years in both Scotland and England. This has 
reinforced the clear focus of the Group to provide products that exceed 
customer expectations and to excel in customer service and delivery. 

Market shares 
EMIS maintained its UK GP market leadership position with a market 
share of 57% (2019: 57%). The Group holds a joint market leadership 
position in Acute A&E at 21% (2019: 23%) and the number two market 
position in community at 20% (2019: 21%).

NHS primary care frameworks 
EMIS transitioned to the GP IT Futures framework in January 2020. 
The framework governs the provision of the majority of EMIS Group’s 
clinical IT system-related services to GPs in England and is due for 
review in March 2023. The related Digital Buying Catalogue, which 
facilitates procurement, will run on an ongoing basis.

EMIS developed a number of enhanced features in EMIS Web during 
2020 in response to the framework, including FHIR capability, an 
upgrade to SNOMED CT and integration with the Medicines and 
Healthcare products Regulatory Agency (MHRA) Yellow Card for 
reporting medication contraindications. 

In Scotland, as an approved supplier on the NHS National Services 
Scotland (NSS) framework, EMIS continues to work closely with NSS 
to deliver the technology to support its health and care strategy. 
EMIS continues to keep the existing GP system, PCS, up to date for its 
Scottish customers, such as adding new clinical code terms to support 
the management of Covid-19, raising flags for patients on the shielding 
list and delivering population data for Public Health Scotland. 

In Northern Ireland, EMIS has secured an extension to the GP Systems 
of Choice (GPSoC) framework until April 2022 so that it can continue to 
provide GP systems under the existing arrangements. EMIS is working 
on various Northern Ireland-specific enhancements to EMIS Web and 
continues to support its Covid-19 response.

EMIS has agreed a further extension to provide primary care systems 
in Wales as NHS Wales Informatics Service (NWIS) published its new 
framework in March 2021. EMIS and NWIS continue to work together 
on strategic projects to accelerate the digitisation of unscheduled care, 
such as refreshing the technology infrastructure.

40m patient records are held 

in our hosted systems

24

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORTContinued focus on EMIS-X
The development of EMIS-X continues. The development roadmap 
is linked to strategic customer priorities, with close alignment of the 
product, development and delivery functions. EMIS’s 89-strong clinical 
team (2019: 71) continues to play a vital role throughout the 
development process, ensuring that EMIS’s products and systems 
deliver what front line clinicians need on a daily basis. 

Working with technology partners, EMIS-X will bring to the market 
the very best combination of in-house and partner technology as 
the platform for all future EMIS clinical systems. 

Improving customer experience
EMIS is focussed on its relationships with customers in all major 
markets, with the intention that all customer touchpoints provide a 
high-quality experience for the end user. 

In 2019, EMIS upgraded its support and service platform to 
ServiceNow, enabling support to be delivered digitally as well as 
through more traditional routes such as ringing into a call centre. During 
2020 usage of digital support channels increased, with 66% of support 
incidents being logged digitally by the end of the year (2019: 30%).

EMIS’s support services will continue to improve during 2021. The 
Group’s new in-house dashboard will give a detailed insight into support 
performance, helping to pinpoint emerging trends before they become 
a problem and enabling more proactive management of issues. It will 
give a greater oversight of call and digital chat statistics, to highlight 
where any improvements can be made to make customer service 
even better. 

Enhanced features for Symphony customers
EMIS continues to develop new functionality into existing systems, 
particularly to enable interoperability. 

In September 2020, Symphony became the first system accredited by 
NHS Digital to support direct electronic appointment booking from 
111. Call handlers send referral appointments directly into an 
Emergency Department, urgent treatment centre or same day 
emergency care environment using Symphony. This supports the NHS 
Long Term Plan for the 111 service to become the first line of defence 
for urgent care.

As well as integration with 111, Symphony 3.0 was updated to enable 
improved workflows and help manage social distancing.

Industry insights

Remote consulting 
will continue
Dr Rob Walter
Clinical Intelligence Director, EMIS Group

Dr Rob Walter is a practising GP and the Clinical Intelligence 
Director at EMIS, working closely within the clinical team to 
ensure that EMIS’s systems meet customers’ needs perfectly. 
He has been working with EMIS for more than 15 years and 
has been a practising GP in Dumfries for 20 years. Rob brings 
direct front line experience into the business and last year 
shared his insight into how primary care has adapted and 
evolved during the pandemic. 

“In March 2020 our practice quickly adopted a process of 
telephone triage for all appointments, ensuring a safe and 
accessible service. We were able to conclude most 
consultations over the phone, supplementing with video calls 
or emailed photographs, with very few patients requiring 
further assessment face-to-face.

“By 2021 we are now in a well-established rhythm, workload 
has increased and consultations are increasingly more 
challenging as we deal with more complex pent up social and 
mental health issues, lacking the non-verbal clues that are an 
integral part of a traditional consultation. 

“The “Dr Finlay” style family doctor is increasingly scarce, 
particularly in busy metropolitan areas with younger mobile 
service users. General practice will never be the same again 
and remote consulting will continue to be the mainstay of 
our consultations. 

“I speak regularly with my EMIS colleagues to discuss how we 
can develop our systems to help as primary care evolves. I’ve 
written a number of internal communications articles for the 
rest of the business to share the journey of the past 12 months, 
helping them understand the reality of delivering care digitally 
and my thoughts on the challenges going forward. 

“Our challenge as an IT company is to support practices during this 
rapid and significant transition so that the human side of medicine 
is not lost, and vulnerable patients are not digitally excluded.”

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

25

STRATEGIC REPORT

Operational review continued

Opportunity for growth

New services launched for community pharmacists, patients 
and in the healthcare analytics space.

EMIS Enterprise 
The EMIS Enterprise segment comprises business areas where 
revenues are derived predominantly from B2B healthcare sector 
sources, including medicines management across both community and 
hospital pharmacy, the Patient business and the life sciences sector. It 
operates under the EMIS and Patient brands. 

Market shares
The Group improved its market-leading position in community 
pharmacy during 2020 at 38% (2019: 36%) and its number two market 
position in hospital pharmacy with a market share of 36% (2019: 35%). 

Supporting community pharmacies to play a 
greater role
The NHS Long Term Plan outlined the intention for a greater range 
of clinical services to be provided in a community pharmacy setting 
to alleviate pressure on primary care. 

During 2020, EMIS launched Clinical Service Hub (CSH) in ProScript 
Connect, which enables customers to deliver and record services they 
provide under the Patient Group Direction (PGD) initiative. Patients are 
able to book these services via Patient Access. 

CSH is the first cloud-based ProScript Connect module to be developed, 
offering the potential for further interoperability and additional services 
in future. 

The pandemic changed the way community pharmacists delivered 
their services and EMIS successfully provided solutions to manage 
and deliver repeat prescriptions and offer digital consultations. 

Patient: delivering digitally
During 2020, as a direct consequence of the pandemic, the UK public 
needed digital routes to healthcare more than ever before. This was 
reflected in increased usage of the healthcare services provided by 
the Patient Access app and website. 

Registered users increased during the year to 11.7 million and 
subsequently to 12.0 million in February 2021 (2019: 8.4 million): 

• booking 2.5 million digital or face-to-face GP appointments (2019: 6.7 

million), a reduction from the previous year reflecting the lower numbers  
of GP appointments across the sector due to the pandemic;

• ordering 23.5 million repeat prescriptions (2019: 20.2 million); and 

• booking 41,415 private pharmacy consultations and 15,356 pharmacy 

NHS flu vaccinations across web, iOS and Android (2019: 14,000 
pharmacy consultations and 8,700 flu vaccinations). 

Patient.info continues to be one of the UK’s leading medical information 
sites, offering more than 6,000 patient-facing and professional articles 
including over 100 about Covid-19. Eighty million unique users viewed 166 
million pages during 2020 (2019: 42 million users, 109 million page views). 

480m items are dispensed annually by our 

community pharmacy customers

26

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTSTRATEGIC REPORTThe increase in usage of both the website and the existing Patient 
Access services provides a platform for growth of future Patient Access 
offerings, as the NHS increasingly looks to provide the UK public with a 
digital front door to healthcare services. 

Patient Access will be launching its new Smart Pharmacy service during 
2021, which will enable patients to order, track, and opt for home 
delivery of their medications from their local pharmacy. It offers 
community pharmacies a strong proposition in the face of increasing 
online competition as Smart Pharmacy will provide patients with regular 
updates on the progress of their prescription, taking pressure from the 
front desk of busy GP practices. 

Another new service successfully launched recently has been a Patient 
and Pinnacle co-developed solution for community pharmacists to 
provide minor ailment treatments under the Public Health England 
Community Pharmacy Consultation Service (CPCS) framework. A new 
signposting feature in EMIS Web, called Patient Access Connect, allows 
clinicians and surgery staff to directly refer patients to their local pharmacy. 

More information on how Patient’s services are aligned with the NHS’s 
aim to create a digital front door can be found in the markets section on 
pages 16 and 17.

The partner programme: a powerful ecosystem 
The partner programme continued to perform strongly in 2020 with 
the number of partners offering products that interoperate with EMIS 
clinical systems increasing to 143 (2019:113). The Group continues its 
approach of partnering with best of breed technology to provide 
solutions to its customers. No single business can offer everything in a 
market as complex and varied as healthcare, but together EMIS’s 
ecosystem can solve problems for customers in a better and faster way. 
EMIS already offers a strong proposition through EMIS Web and in 
future the business will develop even more integration through EMIS-X. 

With the increased focus on the digitisation of healthcare, the EMIS 
partner programme has been strengthened during 2020 with the 
addition of companies such as Arc Health, providing technology to 
enable video consultation in care homes. 

EMIS-X Analytics opportunities in enterprise markets
In 2020, Explorer and Visualiser, the first products from the EMIS-X 
Analytics suite, were launched to the market. EMIS-X Analytics is a high 
performance cloud analytics suite that provides a range of powerful 
processing tools designed to curate, aggregate and query large 
healthcare data sets at speed and scale. It offers significant potential for 
EMIS Group to grow the business over time with opportunities in both 
the NHS and life sciences. 

EMIS-X Analytics has been used to facilitate a number of national 
and regional Covid-19 research programmes, such as NHS England’s 
OpenSAFELY programme, a collaboration between the University of 
Oxford, the London School of Tropical Hygiene and Medicine and 
system suppliers. Led by NHS doctors Ben Goldacre and Liam Smeeth, 
OpenSAFELY is a new secure analytics platform for electronic health 
records in the NHS, created to deliver urgent results during the pandemic.

Industry insights

Supporting public health
Dr Sarah Jarvis, MBE, FRCGP
Clinical Director, Patient Platform Limited

Dr Sarah Jarvis is a GP, Clinical Director at Patient.info and a 
regular contributor to health discussions in the media. She 
combines her unique perspective and knowledge to provide 
clinical guidance to Patient and the wider EMIS business, making 
sure Patient content and services are what the public needs. 

“It’s so important to me that the general public gets accurate and 
reliable health information. It helps people take control of their 
health and make informed decisions, leading to better outcomes. 

“I try and bring all my external experience to Patient to feed into 
Patient.info. Since the pandemic began I’ve given more than 800 
media interviews, mainly about Covid-19. It’s armed me with a 
very clear picture on what the public wants to know. We have 
developed a dedicated coronavirus information hub at Patient 
and by sharing my insights with the Patient team, we have been 
able to ensure we’re answering all the questions the public are 
most interested in. There are more than 100 editorials on every 
aspect of the pandemic.

“I provide clinical insight on the new services we’ve developed 
to help Patient Access provide a digital front door to GP and 
pharmacy services. I have a weekly briefing with the Deputy 
Chief Medical Officer for England, and along with information 
from gov.uk and the Office of National Statistics, I make sure I’m 
providing the latest information and guidance. 

“All Patient Access services follow strict governance processes 
and are in line with NHS guidance. I’ve also been keeping my 
colleagues at EMIS up to speed on all the latest information on 
Covid-19 as it evolves with regular Q&A sessions. In short, 
alongside the rest of the EMIS clinical team, we do everything 
we can to support patient care for the nation.” 

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

27

Principal risks and uncertainties

Management of risk

Risk management remains a key priority for EMIS Group to sustain the 
success of the business in years to come. Each area of the business 
identifies, evaluates and manages risk according to the Board policy.

The risk management framework
The Board is responsible for the proactive risk management policy, to 
ensure that EMIS Group has a structured and appropriate approach to 
risk. Each area of the business has a clear focus to identify, evaluate 
and manage risk in line with Group strategic priorities and risk appetite.

The risk management process is overseen by the RMC, which has 
formal terms of reference and is chaired by the Chief Financial Officer. 
Other regular attendees include the Chief Executive Officer, Director of 
Legal and Administrative Services, Company Secretary and Head of 
Group Internal Audit as well as senior managers from across the business. 
The committee met monthly throughout 2020, increasing to fortnightly 
in 2021; the output from the meetings is reported to the audit 
committee, which maintains oversight of the RMC.

The RMC reviews a consolidated Group risk register at least twice 
a year before it is submitted to the main Board for consideration. A 
robust assessment of the principal risks is carried out annually by the 
Board. The audit committee also reviews and challenges the principal 
risks and mitigating controls identified by management. Group internal 
audit provides independent, objective assurance on key risks through a 
programme of audit reviews.

Risks are evaluated using consistent measurements of likelihood and 
financial and reputational impact, both before and after mitigating controls 
are taken into account. Risk registers and risk scores are independently 
verified by the Head of Group Internal Audit. A named risk owner is 
responsible for ensuring that adequate mitigating controls are in place 
and operating effectively for individual risks and that, where a risk exceeds 
the Group’s risk appetite, there is an action plan to address this with appropriate 
timescales. During 2020, internal audit extended this process to incorporate 
an ongoing risk quality scoring exercise to identify and implement areas 
for improvement in identifying, documenting and mitigating risks.

In addition to the RMC, regular reporting on risks exceeding appetite 
is provided to the GXT for discussion at their meetings.

Impact of the UK leaving the European Union (Brexit) 
As reported in previous years, the Board continues to believe that 
Brexit will have minimal direct effect on the Group as it is not a 
significant exporter or importer of goods or services within the 
European Union. There are potential indirect effects including exchange 
rate volatility affecting the value of sterling, changes in legislation and 
increased pressure on NHS budgets that could have a negative impact 
on the Group’s prospects, but these are not considered likely to be 
material. However, it will continue to keep the market consequences 
of the terms under which the UK left the EU under review as those 
develop in the future.

Principal risks heat map

h
g
H

i

D
O
O
H
I
L
E
K
I
L

w
o
L

C

B

D

A

E

Board of Directors
Ownership and monitoring

Audit committee
Independent review 
 and challenge

Risk management 
committee
Review and input

Group internal audit
Independent, objective 
review function

GXT
Operational risk input  
Corporate risk review

Low

IMPACT

High

The risk heat map above provides a graphical representation 
of the principal risks and uncertainties. It shows the assessment 
of the relative impact and likelihood of each risk (after 
mitigation), along with an indication of the year on year 
movement of each risk described in detail on pages 30 to 33. 
The likelihood increased in risk A due to acceleration of 
change and increased competitor threat. The likelihood 
decreased in risk C due to implementation of various 
measures from the culture survey and succession planning. 
The likelihood decreased in risk D due to work on the security 
programme and increased level of maturity.

Divisional and functional 
risk registers

A  Healthcare structure and procurement changes 
B  Software (product) development 
C  People and culture 
D 
E  Clinical safety

Information governance and cyber security 

28

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTRisk appetite
The Board, with input from the GXT, has defined its risk 
appetite across a range of risk categories as outlined opposite, 
along with detailed statements to support these basic levels 
of risk appetite. Although there are areas where EMIS Group 
is prepared to take higher levels of risk, the risk management 
framework is designed to manage down to an acceptable level 
the risk of significant financial or reputational impact, with 
rewards being commensurate with the level of risk being 
taken within a reasonable timeframe. These statements 
provide management with guidance on how much and what 
types of risk the Board is prepared to accept when 
management is making business decisions. 

The Board reviews and revises its risk appetite as its 
understanding of the level and nature of risk in the business 
develops or as its appetite for taking risk changes. Acceptable 
risk appetite levels have remained consistent throughout 2020. 

Risk appetite parameters have been built into the Group’s 
web-based risk management application. Any area where 
exposure is assessed as exceeding the Board’s defined risk 
appetite is flagged and assigned to specific members of the 
GXT to determine what action is required. Such risks are 
monitored by the RMC and remedial actions are tracked.

Emerging risks
Emerging risks differ from principal risks, or other lesser risks 
in the risk management system. They have a higher degree 
of uncertainty around when, or even if, they may occur; 
therefore their impact cannot readily be assessed. Emerging 
risks have the potential to increase in significance and affect 
the performance of the Group and its ability to meet its 
strategic objectives. Their timeline may be well beyond the 
current three-year time horizon applied to future risks. As 
their status changes and they become more certain and more 
quantifiable, they may move into the risk registers as clearer, 
better defined risks. The RMC is the recognised forum for 
identifying, assessing and reporting on any significant 
emerging risks facing the Group. In addition, a number of 
horizon scanning and emerging risk sessions are held with risk 
champions across the Group to identify and mitigate any such 
risks which are deemed significant.

Impact of Covid-19
As reported in the 2019 annual report and accounts, during 
the early weeks of 2020 EMIS Group set up an internal 
operational task force to respond to the emerging risk of 
Covid-19. The internal operational task force has continued to 
review the advice and guidance issued by the UK and Indian 
government and public health bodies. It responds accordingly 
to protect the health and safety of employees and anyone 
with whom they come into contact.

The impact of Covid-19 has accelerated the requirement for 
joined-up technology across multiple settings and need for 
availability of data. The Group prioritised the continuity and 
availability of its technologies for end users and has updated 
its customer-facing software systems to reflect the latest 
government advice. 

The Group has a robust business continuity plan in place and 
has not experienced any significant supply chain issues.

Risk category

Overall

Strategic

Financial

Compliance (legal, regulatory, health and safety, environmental)

Operational:
– Commercial 
– Sales
– Marketing (including product strategy)
– People
– Property
Technical:
– Innovation
– Development
– Release (testing/quality assurance)
– Implementation
– Internal IT systems
Clinical:
– Safety
– Delivery
Data management:
– Information governance (in relation to clinical safety)
–  Information security (in relation to data records and 

data security)

Risk appetite

Low

Medium

Low

Low

Medium
Medium
Medium
Low
Low

Medium
Low
Low
Low
Low

Low
Low

Low

Low

Each key risk is assigned to an appropriate individual or discrete operating 
group and all mitigation and action plans are recorded and monitored.

The adoption of a flexible working approach has resulted in the majority of employees now 
working from home. There has been regular engagement and consultation with employees 
during this period and an increased focus on mental health and wellbeing. Some of the 
Group’s people, such as engineers, are required to visit customers as part of their role and 
have continued to do so in a safe and secure manner with appropriate protective measures 
put in place. All employees have been provided with additional equipment where necessary 
to perform their duties and technology has been utilised extensively. It is recognised 
that home working can increase cyber security risks - these are being addressed, along 
with ensuring effective collaboration between teams and individuals to prevent the risk 
of decline in product development and innovation.

The Group has modelled scenarios as part of its going concern and viability statement 
assessments which have demonstrated EMIS’s resilience to a downturn in trading. The 
Group will continue to take proactive action to mitigate the ongoing challenge from 
Covid-19, both to keep people safe and healthy and to reduce the impact on all the 
Group’s stakeholders.

Principal risks
The principal risks and uncertainties identified by management, and how they are being 
managed, are set out on pages 30 to 33. These risks are not intended to be an extensive 
analysis of all risks that may arise in the ordinary course of business or otherwise. The 
principal risks facing the Group have not materially changed although a number of 
additional mitigations have been put in place during the year.

The principal financial risks are separately disclosed in note 3 to the financial statements 
on page 97.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

29

 
 
 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

WHY IS IT A RISK?

HOW WE MITIGATE THE RISK

OPPORTUNITY FOR EMIS GROUP

A

Healthcare 
structure and 
procurement 
changes

B

Software 
(product) 
development

C

People 
and culture

The commercial success of the Group is dependent on the 
healthcare sector’s strategic direction to use IT to reduce 
costs and improve efficiency. There is a risk that the 
Group’s products and services are not in line with the 
sector’s strategies, or that these will change as plans 
continue to evolve. A recent White Paper published by the 
Secretary of State for Health and Social Care proposes ICSs 
take control of local healthcare budgets, bringing a risk of 
non-alignment with these organisations. 

The NHS represents a significant proportion of the Group’s 
revenues; how it is organised and procures goods and services 
could affect the Group’s ability to sell effectively to this market.

The Group’s appointment to the GP IT Futures framework 
in 2019 and the nature of the Digital Buying catalogue has 
reduced the level of risk, however the framework imposes 
obligations for continuous development and 
interoperability, as well as future competitive tender 
processes at a local level. There is a risk that new 
competitors, including major global technology companies, 
may impact the Group’s market share and financial returns.

The Group provides innovative and interoperable IT 
healthcare systems that are critical to the efficient and 
effective operation of a wide range of healthcare 
organisations. Developing excellent, robust and reliable 
software systems is essential to the ongoing success of 
the business. 

The Group’s products may be disrupted by competitors if 
they develop more innovative technology.

To achieve its objectives, the Group has acquired several 
businesses across a range of healthcare sectors. There is a 
risk that these businesses do not function effectively as a 
group, impacting on the success of product integration 
across the sectors.

The English primary care market currently 
represents the largest single area of revenue 
for the Group. While the Group has 
successfully been appointed to the GP IT 
Futures framework, there is a risk that the 
Group may not be included on future 
frameworks which govern procurement in 
this important area. 

Failure to achieve interoperability with third 
party systems could have a significant impact 
on the Group’s ability to meet the 
government’s healthcare technology 
requirements and to sell its products and 
services to the NHS and other private sector 
customers in the longer term.

Increased competition may affect the ability 
of the Group to maintain its market shares 
or current pricing.

The technical or physical failure of the 
Group’s systems could lead to disruption or 
complete service denial of high-profile public 
or B2B services. 

The failure to monitor and rectify software 
defects in a timely basis could result in reduced 
customer satisfaction and contractual penalties.

Failure to deliver modern, interoperable 
software platforms that integrate healthcare 
services could have a significant impact on the 
Group’s ability to sell its products and services 
to the NHS and others in the longer term. 
This is a reputational risk as EMIS Group is 
the leading connected healthcare IT supplier 
to the NHS.

The Group is reliant on the skills and knowledge of its people, but 
especially in software development and infrastructure, clinical 
safety and information technology systems. The Group may not 
be able to recruit or retain an appropriate calibre of employees.

The Group’s response to Covid-19 resulted in a decision for a 
permanent change in working patterns based on a new flexible 
way of working mainly from home. The nature and speed of this 
change can create short-term disruption and uncertainty and 
lead to the loss of skills and knowledge.

Workload is high for many people, particularly as a result of 
Covid-19, which can lead to poor physical and/or mental 
wellbeing, reducing productivity.

Failure to recruit or retain appropriate numbers 
of suitably qualified people in critical areas could 
lead to a deterioration in the quality of products 
and services. This could lead to failure to meet 
customers’ needs, loss of business and the Group 
failing to deliver expected financial returns.

Low level engagement caused by a poor culture 
could risk the retention of critical employees 
and/or a reduction in productivity.

Lack of succession planning could lead to the 
loss of key talent.

Single points of failure may result in loss of 
critical knowledge where these are not mitigated.

30

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

EMIS Group has the following measures in place:

• EMIS Group aligns its strategies with planned and published government policy on healthcare and 

technology through close engagement with the NHS at strategic and tactical levels. This ensures 

products meet the essential requirements of the NHS’s current and future major frameworks;

• Increasing diversification of the Group’s business reduces reliance on the NHS as a revenue 

source, with a stated target of achieving a balance between NHS and non-NHS revenues over 

time through organic growth and acquisition;

• Focus on the ongoing GP IT Futures call off competitions over the lifetime of the catalogue 

The opportunity for EMIS Group is to align 

its strategy to policy, so that its products 

and services deliver the integrated and 

interoperable solutions that the market 

is seeking to procure. This positions the 

Group as a trusted high-tech supplier 

delivering at every level from end-user 

experience through to government strategy.

• The Group is focussed on its relationships with strategic customers to keep pace with any 

changes to NHS structure and adapt its business model accordingly, such as the increase 

and frameworks; 

in influence of ICSs;

• EMIS Group has continued to invest significantly in clear, product-led strategies; 

• EMIS-X will provide extensive integration and interoperability across both Group and third 

party products and will serve both the NHS and the broader healthcare sector;

• EMIS Group strives to ensure it is perceived as a supplier of connected healthcare IT solutions 

and regularly monitors key markets and competitors; and

• Customer satisfaction measures regularly reviewed to resolve issues on a timely basis.

The Group has in place a range of mitigating controls, including: 

• Investment in new development, product and project management talent and technologies;

• Adoption of strategic product portfolio management;

• Improved in-life software management processes including software defects, enhancements 

and clinical safety;

• Continued development of best practice standards and ways of working across all areas of 

the product life cycle, validated by specialist third parties such as Gartner;

• Close liaison between product and sales teams to create commercially attractive 

• Aligning product and development teams to specific business and strategic areas with 

cross-functional teams to apply direct feedback from users and customers throughout the 

product propositions; 

software life cycle;

• Central team responsible for the architecture of the Group’s software, ensuring that its 

platform continues to evolve as new technologies emerge; and

• Board-level responsibility for product and acquisition integration with a clear strategic plan 

and regular monitoring in light of the changing healthcare market.

Key mitigating actions in place include:

• Continued empowerment and accountability through the Group’s matrix organisational structure;

• Group-wide refresh and communication of new business values;

• Investment in line manager training to manage teams remotely;

• Focus on engaging employees and internal communication, particularly during Covid-19;

• A clear and transparent performance management process;

• Team management objectives included in bonus achievement of senior leaders and formal 

recognition programme EMIS Heroes;

• Development of succession plans for GXT and senior leadership team (SLT) key roles including 

identification and mitigation of single points of failure;

• Operating a regularly reviewed and externally benchmarked pay and benefits framework to 

ensure greater consistency across the Group;

• A general focus on physical, financial and mental wellbeing, with an increased number of 

mental health first aiders in place to support colleagues; and

• Widening the women’s network and creation of two more diversity and inclusion groups, 

all led and participated in by employees. 

The opportunity is to build on the Group’s 

strong history as a market innovator and 

instigator of positive change, with new 

software development that is both 

technologically leading edge and in 

alignment with customer requirements.

The Group’s strategy to become an 

employer of choice will lead to improved 

recruitment and retention of talent. 

Attracting and retaining highly skilled, 

motivated employees will lead to better 

business performance, enhancing the 

Group’s good reputation as well as 

financial return. 

STRATEGIC REPORT 
 
DESCRIPTION OF RISK

WHY IS IT A RISK?

HOW WE MITIGATE THE RISK

OPPORTUNITY FOR EMIS GROUP

KEY TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1 Growth

2 Technology transformation

3 Customer experience

4 Governance and simplification

5 People focus

A

Healthcare 

structure and 

procurement 

changes

The commercial success of the Group is dependent on the 

The English primary care market currently 

healthcare sector’s strategic direction to use IT to reduce 

represents the largest single area of revenue 

costs and improve efficiency. There is a risk that the 

for the Group. While the Group has 

Group’s products and services are not in line with the 

sector’s strategies, or that these will change as plans 

successfully been appointed to the GP IT 

Futures framework, there is a risk that the 

continue to evolve. A recent White Paper published by the 

Group may not be included on future 

Secretary of State for Health and Social Care proposes ICSs 

frameworks which govern procurement in 

take control of local healthcare budgets, bringing a risk of 

this important area. 

non-alignment with these organisations. 

The NHS represents a significant proportion of the Group’s 

party systems could have a significant impact 

revenues; how it is organised and procures goods and services 

on the Group’s ability to meet the 

could affect the Group’s ability to sell effectively to this market.

government’s healthcare technology 

Failure to achieve interoperability with third 

The Group’s appointment to the GP IT Futures framework 

in 2019 and the nature of the Digital Buying catalogue has 

reduced the level of risk, however the framework imposes 

obligations for continuous development and 

interoperability, as well as future competitive tender 

processes at a local level. There is a risk that new 

competitors, including major global technology companies, 

may impact the Group’s market share and financial returns.

requirements and to sell its products and 

services to the NHS and other private sector 

customers in the longer term.

Increased competition may affect the ability 

of the Group to maintain its market shares 

or current pricing.

B

Software 

(product) 

development

The Group provides innovative and interoperable IT 

The technical or physical failure of the 

healthcare systems that are critical to the efficient and 

Group’s systems could lead to disruption or 

effective operation of a wide range of healthcare 

complete service denial of high-profile public 

organisations. Developing excellent, robust and reliable 

or B2B services. 

software systems is essential to the ongoing success of 

the business. 

The failure to monitor and rectify software 

defects in a timely basis could result in reduced 

The Group’s products may be disrupted by competitors if 

customer satisfaction and contractual penalties.

they develop more innovative technology.

Failure to deliver modern, interoperable 

To achieve its objectives, the Group has acquired several 

software platforms that integrate healthcare 

businesses across a range of healthcare sectors. There is a 

services could have a significant impact on the 

risk that these businesses do not function effectively as a 

Group’s ability to sell its products and services 

group, impacting on the success of product integration 

across the sectors.

to the NHS and others in the longer term. 

This is a reputational risk as EMIS Group is 

the leading connected healthcare IT supplier 

to the NHS.

C

People 

and culture

The Group is reliant on the skills and knowledge of its people, but 

Failure to recruit or retain appropriate numbers 

especially in software development and infrastructure, clinical 

of suitably qualified people in critical areas could 

safety and information technology systems. The Group may not 

lead to a deterioration in the quality of products 

be able to recruit or retain an appropriate calibre of employees.

and services. This could lead to failure to meet 

The Group’s response to Covid-19 resulted in a decision for a 

permanent change in working patterns based on a new flexible 

customers’ needs, loss of business and the Group 

failing to deliver expected financial returns.

way of working mainly from home. The nature and speed of this 

Low level engagement caused by a poor culture 

change can create short-term disruption and uncertainty and 

could risk the retention of critical employees 

lead to the loss of skills and knowledge.

and/or a reduction in productivity.

Workload is high for many people, particularly as a result of 

Lack of succession planning could lead to the 

Covid-19, which can lead to poor physical and/or mental 

loss of key talent.

wellbeing, reducing productivity.

Single points of failure may result in loss of 

critical knowledge where these are not mitigated.

EMIS Group has the following measures in place:

• EMIS Group aligns its strategies with planned and published government policy on healthcare and 
technology through close engagement with the NHS at strategic and tactical levels. This ensures 
products meet the essential requirements of the NHS’s current and future major frameworks;
• Increasing diversification of the Group’s business reduces reliance on the NHS as a revenue 

source, with a stated target of achieving a balance between NHS and non-NHS revenues over 
time through organic growth and acquisition;

• Focus on the ongoing GP IT Futures call off competitions over the lifetime of the catalogue 

and frameworks; 

• The Group is focussed on its relationships with strategic customers to keep pace with any 
changes to NHS structure and adapt its business model accordingly, such as the increase 
in influence of ICSs;

• EMIS Group has continued to invest significantly in clear, product-led strategies; 
• EMIS-X will provide extensive integration and interoperability across both Group and third 

party products and will serve both the NHS and the broader healthcare sector;

• EMIS Group strives to ensure it is perceived as a supplier of connected healthcare IT solutions 

and regularly monitors key markets and competitors; and

• Customer satisfaction measures regularly reviewed to resolve issues on a timely basis.

The opportunity for EMIS Group is to align 
its strategy to policy, so that its products 
and services deliver the integrated and 
interoperable solutions that the market 
is seeking to procure. This positions the 
Group as a trusted high-tech supplier 
delivering at every level from end-user 
experience through to government strategy.

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1

2

3

4

5

The Group has in place a range of mitigating controls, including: 

• Investment in new development, product and project management talent and technologies;
• Adoption of strategic product portfolio management;
• Improved in-life software management processes including software defects, enhancements 

and clinical safety;

The opportunity is to build on the Group’s 
strong history as a market innovator and 
instigator of positive change, with new 
software development that is both 
technologically leading edge and in 
alignment with customer requirements.

• Continued development of best practice standards and ways of working across all areas of 

the product life cycle, validated by specialist third parties such as Gartner;

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

• Close liaison between product and sales teams to create commercially attractive 

product propositions; 

1

2

3

4

5

• Aligning product and development teams to specific business and strategic areas with 

cross-functional teams to apply direct feedback from users and customers throughout the 
software life cycle;

• Central team responsible for the architecture of the Group’s software, ensuring that its 

platform continues to evolve as new technologies emerge; and

• Board-level responsibility for product and acquisition integration with a clear strategic plan 

and regular monitoring in light of the changing healthcare market.

Key mitigating actions in place include:

• Continued empowerment and accountability through the Group’s matrix organisational structure;
• Group-wide refresh and communication of new business values;
• Investment in line manager training to manage teams remotely;
• Focus on engaging employees and internal communication, particularly during Covid-19;
• A clear and transparent performance management process;
• Team management objectives included in bonus achievement of senior leaders and formal 

recognition programme EMIS Heroes;

• Development of succession plans for GXT and senior leadership team (SLT) key roles including 

The Group’s strategy to become an 
employer of choice will lead to improved 
recruitment and retention of talent. 
Attracting and retaining highly skilled, 
motivated employees will lead to better 
business performance, enhancing the 
Group’s good reputation as well as 
financial return. 

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

identification and mitigation of single points of failure;

1

2

3

4

5

• Operating a regularly reviewed and externally benchmarked pay and benefits framework to 

ensure greater consistency across the Group;

• A general focus on physical, financial and mental wellbeing, with an increased number of 

mental health first aiders in place to support colleagues; and

• Widening the women’s network and creation of two more diversity and inclusion groups, 

all led and participated in by employees. 

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

31

 
 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued

DESCRIPTION OF RISK

WHY IS IT A RISK?

HOW WE MITIGATE THE RISK

OPPORTUNITY FOR EMIS GROUP

D

Information 
governance 
and cyber 
security

The Group holds significant volumes of confidential and 
sensitive personal data, particularly in the areas of hosting 
patient care records and processing employee data.

EMIS Group’s trusted reputation rests on its 
integrity and the quality of stewardship it applies 
in respect of its customers’ sensitive data.

Hosting personal data (in particular special category data such 
as patient care records) carries risks associated with information 
security, data protection and system reliability, including loss, 
theft and corruption of data. Breaches may arise in relation to 
any of the three pillars of information security: confidentiality, 
integrity or availability.

Most reported data breach incidents are owing to human error 
in inadvertently disclosing data, but attacks and malware 
incidents continue to rise. Recent media reports now report an 
increase in blanket attacks by cyber criminals often backed by 
hostile nation states. This means civilian and commercial 
organisations are being targeted due to value of the personal 
and personal sensitive data held.

The Data Protection Act 2018 (incorporating 
EU GDPR) and the Networks and Information 
Systems Directive (NISD) have ensured that 
data security and information governance 
controls are appropriate and continually 
maintained. Where data is breached, the 
Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) has 
not hesitated in leveraging substantial fines to 
the organisations found with weak controls. In 
a recent case the ICO fined British Airways £20m.

Breaches could lead to claims for damages and 
reputational damage. “Class action” style claims 
are increasingly being brought on behalf of 
affected individuals where individual claims 
might be relatively modest but when 
multiplied by the number of individuals 
involved the sums can become very significant.

E

Clinical 
safety

As a provider of critical IT systems to healthcare providers, 
the Group is exposed to a range of clinical risks.

These include risks associated with the use of clinical content 
and algorithms in the Group’s products, which clinicians use in 
day-to-day patient care. 

For pharmacy software products, similar risks exist around 
incorrect dosages and labelling of products dispensed. 

The Group’s Patient business provides technology-based enabling 
tools for clinicians. There are no direct clinical services provided 
by Patient.

There is a risk of clinical harm to patients 
should the software used by healthcare 
professionals fail to provide accurate, reliable 
and timely data. This could include alerts 
regarding a patient’s known allergies, existing 
medication or other relevant personal 
information. These risks may be amplified 
where Group systems interoperate with third 
party applications.

Most clinical risks are allied to other principal risks. Failures in software development, 

EMIS Group’s priority is to deliver the 

highest standards of clinical safety. This is 

an unswerving focus that runs through the 

Group’s culture, creating an opportunity to 

continue to build the trust of the healthcare 

profession, leading to increased software 

and service sales and customer retention.

With a clear, dedicated focus on 

information governance and cyber 

security, the Group is able to operate in 

the healthcare market with confidence in 

its processes, products and services, 

inspiring, in turn, confidence in customers 

and end users.

An information governance (IG) framework has been established including the following 

key features:

• culture placing data and information governance at the heart of everything we do;

• revised oversight structure includes a data governance board, responsible for enforcement of 

policy and compliance activities undertaken by the Data Protection Officer, Senior Information 

Risk Owner and Caldicott Guardian;

• all employees are required to complete annual online IG training provided by the NHS’s 

e-learning programme and internal information security training modules; and

• key policies and procedures are reviewed annually to meet corporate and regulatory compliance.

The Group has implemented a continual security improvement programme, which is raising the 

standards of technical and non-technical controls across EMIS through detailed reviews and 

assessments. This is combined with greater emphasis on security culture and human behaviour 

with training, education and increasing awareness. The programme includes:

• maintaining compliance to ISO 27001, ISO 22301, ISO 9001, ISO 20000 and Cyber Essentials Plus;

• physical security improvement measures at data centres;

• penetration testing and vulnerability scanning;

• building resilience to social engineering and phishing attacks;

• cloud security measures for cloud platforms and services;

• specialist cyber responders to manage breaches;

• investment in the latest industry-leading security tools to prevent and detect cyber events/

incidents; and

• cyber insurance.

recruitment and information governance could lead to clinical harm to patients.

Mitigating actions specific to clinical risk management include: 

• Chief Medical Officer and a network of Clinical Safety Officers in place with responsibility 

• policies and procedures designed to meet the regulatory requirements of NHSD’s clinical risk 

• policies and processes in place to meet regulatory standards for embedded algorithms and 

• accredited clinicians identify and mitigate potential clinical risks in new software development, 

for clinical safety across the Group;

management standard DCB 0129;

decision support;

releases and updates;

Medical Officer; and

• oversight by external regulators.

• weekly KPI reports and a monthly clinical governance board chaired by the Group Chief 

32

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT 
DESCRIPTION OF RISK

WHY IS IT A RISK?

HOW WE MITIGATE THE RISK

OPPORTUNITY FOR EMIS GROUP

KEY TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1 Growth

2 Technology transformation

3 Customer experience

4 Governance and simplification

5 People focus

D

Information 

governance 

and cyber 

security

The Group holds significant volumes of confidential and 

EMIS Group’s trusted reputation rests on its 

sensitive personal data, particularly in the areas of hosting 

integrity and the quality of stewardship it applies 

patient care records and processing employee data.

in respect of its customers’ sensitive data.

Hosting personal data (in particular special category data such 

The Data Protection Act 2018 (incorporating 

as patient care records) carries risks associated with information 

EU GDPR) and the Networks and Information 

security, data protection and system reliability, including loss, 

Systems Directive (NISD) have ensured that 

theft and corruption of data. Breaches may arise in relation to 

data security and information governance 

any of the three pillars of information security: confidentiality, 

controls are appropriate and continually 

integrity or availability.

Most reported data breach incidents are owing to human error 

in inadvertently disclosing data, but attacks and malware 

incidents continue to rise. Recent media reports now report an 

increase in blanket attacks by cyber criminals often backed by 

maintained. Where data is breached, the 

Information Commissioner’s Office (ICO) has 

not hesitated in leveraging substantial fines to 

the organisations found with weak controls. In 

a recent case the ICO fined British Airways £20m.

hostile nation states. This means civilian and commercial 

Breaches could lead to claims for damages and 

organisations are being targeted due to value of the personal 

reputational damage. “Class action” style claims 

and personal sensitive data held.

are increasingly being brought on behalf of 

affected individuals where individual claims 

might be relatively modest but when 

multiplied by the number of individuals 

involved the sums can become very significant.

E

Clinical 

safety

As a provider of critical IT systems to healthcare providers, 

There is a risk of clinical harm to patients 

the Group is exposed to a range of clinical risks.

These include risks associated with the use of clinical content 

and algorithms in the Group’s products, which clinicians use in 

day-to-day patient care. 

For pharmacy software products, similar risks exist around 

incorrect dosages and labelling of products dispensed. 

The Group’s Patient business provides technology-based enabling 

tools for clinicians. There are no direct clinical services provided 

by Patient.

should the software used by healthcare 

professionals fail to provide accurate, reliable 

and timely data. This could include alerts 

regarding a patient’s known allergies, existing 

medication or other relevant personal 

information. These risks may be amplified 

where Group systems interoperate with third 

party applications.

With a clear, dedicated focus on 
information governance and cyber 
security, the Group is able to operate in 
the healthcare market with confidence in 
its processes, products and services, 
inspiring, in turn, confidence in customers 
and end users.

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

1

2

3

4

5

An information governance (IG) framework has been established including the following 
key features:

• culture placing data and information governance at the heart of everything we do;
• revised oversight structure includes a data governance board, responsible for enforcement of 
policy and compliance activities undertaken by the Data Protection Officer, Senior Information 
Risk Owner and Caldicott Guardian;

• all employees are required to complete annual online IG training provided by the NHS’s 

e-learning programme and internal information security training modules; and

• key policies and procedures are reviewed annually to meet corporate and regulatory compliance.
The Group has implemented a continual security improvement programme, which is raising the 
standards of technical and non-technical controls across EMIS through detailed reviews and 
assessments. This is combined with greater emphasis on security culture and human behaviour 
with training, education and increasing awareness. The programme includes:

• physical security improvement measures at data centres;
• penetration testing and vulnerability scanning;
• maintaining compliance to ISO 27001, ISO 22301, ISO 9001, ISO 20000 and Cyber Essentials Plus;
• building resilience to social engineering and phishing attacks;
• cloud security measures for cloud platforms and services;
• specialist cyber responders to manage breaches;
• investment in the latest industry-leading security tools to prevent and detect cyber events/

incidents; and
• cyber insurance.

Most clinical risks are allied to other principal risks. Failures in software development, 
recruitment and information governance could lead to clinical harm to patients.

Mitigating actions specific to clinical risk management include: 

• Chief Medical Officer and a network of Clinical Safety Officers in place with responsibility 

for clinical safety across the Group;

• policies and procedures designed to meet the regulatory requirements of NHSD’s clinical risk 

management standard DCB 0129;

EMIS Group’s priority is to deliver the 
highest standards of clinical safety. This is 
an unswerving focus that runs through the 
Group’s culture, creating an opportunity to 
continue to build the trust of the healthcare 
profession, leading to increased software 
and service sales and customer retention.

• policies and processes in place to meet regulatory standards for embedded algorithms and 

LINK TO STRATEGIC PRIORITIES

decision support;

• accredited clinicians identify and mitigate potential clinical risks in new software development, 

releases and updates;

• weekly KPI reports and a monthly clinical governance board chaired by the Group Chief 

1

2

3

4

5

Medical Officer; and

• oversight by external regulators.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

33

 
Sustainability

A sustainable future

Every element of the Group’s ESG approach helps EMIS deliver 
its purpose to enable better care through technology innovation. 
The Group sets high standards in these areas, helping to foster 
strong relationships with its employees and customers, manage its 
corporate responsibilities and have a positive impact on communities. 

Our community 
Doing the right thing for  
UK healthcare and the global 
communities in which we  
work and live

Our responsibilities  
as a business 
A high standard of clinical and 
data governance underpins 
everything we do 

Our environmental 
responsibility 
Establishing a sustainability 
policy for our business 

Our people and culture 
Creating a strong working 
culture of people united by 
our business purpose

250 

6

Computers donated to 
help schools manage 
learning at home 

data governance board  
members oversee 
processes and policies

50% 

30%

of EMIS fleet is now 
electric or hybrid

increase in take-up of 
the SIP during 2020

OUR COMMUNITY 

Why it is a priority for EMIS Group 
As a key software supplier to the healthcare sector, EMIS Group plays 
a critical role in the day-to-day working lives of many clinicians, from 
GPs to community nurses to pharmacists. By supporting front line 
healthcare professionals with the technology systems that manage 
everyday healthcare, they are empowered to deliver the best patient 
care possible to the nation. 

Covid-19 
Doing the right thing for UK healthcare has always been the Group’s 
core principle and this has never been more critical as the sector united 
to combat the pandemic. During 2020 and into 2021, EMIS Group 
stood up to help the NHS front line deliver essential Covid-19 care 
while ensuring that day-to-day healthcare continued to be delivered 
supported by digital enhancements. Details of EMIS’s response to 
Covid-19 can be found on pages 4 and 5.

Our community case studies

QCovid

In February 2021, up to 1.5 million people were identified as 
being at a higher risk from Covid-19 using the QCovid risk 
prediction model (more information on page 35). 
Approximately 700,000 people would have already been 
vaccinated as part of the over-70s cohort and an additional 
800,000 adults were prioritised for a vaccination as a result.

Deputy chief medical officer for England Dr Jenny Harries 
said: “For the first time, we are able to go even further in 
protecting the most vulnerable in our communities.

“Those most vulnerable to Covid-19 can benefit from both the 
protection that vaccines provide, and from enhanced advice, 
including shielding and support, if they choose it.”

34

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTThe UK public  
EMIS Group has long provided reliable healthcare information 
through Patient.info, at no charge to either the public or the NHS. 
This proved to be an essential resource during the pandemic; the 
website’s coronavirus information was viewed 20 million times 
from March 2020 to February 2021. 

Patient.info’s Dr Sarah Jarvis became one of the public’s trusted 
experts on Covid-19 advice, making the up-to-date healthcare 
information that was published on Patient.info more broadly available 
through the media to reach many more people. Read Dr Jarvis’s story 
on page 27.

Recycling used hardware for schools
The Group was able to help the wider community during the pandemic 
by supplying computer equipment to schools local to its head office, 
free of charge. As part of the Waste Electrical and Electronic 
Equipment (WEEE) recycling initiative, EMIS provides a service to its 
NHS customers to collect and ethically dispose of technology hardware 
no longer required by customers. To help schools manage learning 
during lockdown, EMIS Group has securely reconfigured and donated 
more than 250 laptops and PCs so far for pupils to use at home. This 
initiative will continue in 2021.

The apprenticeship scheme 
EMIS has partnered with Code Nation for the second year to run its 
apprenticeship programme to tackle the technology industry’s skills gap 
and to encourage more people to consider software development as a 
career. The programme focusses on helping people with no prior coding 
experience to begin a career in development. Since the scheme began, 
EMIS has hired 14 apprentice junior developers, who received a 
twelve-week training course on the basics of coding from Code Nation 
before joining the business. 

Charity partnership
EMIS continued to raise money for Mind during 2020. Despite 
the challenges of lockdown, employees organised many digital and 
socially distanced fundraising activities, including the Mind Marathon, 
MasterChef challenges, “switching-off to game-on” and one employee’s 
year-long Land’s End to John o’Groats running mileage challenge. This 
has given staff a positive focus during lockdown for wellbeing, as well as 
benefitting the charity. 

QCovid: supporting not-for-profit research
In early 2021, the NHS adopted the QCovid risk model to fast-track 
vaccinations for the vulnerable. QCovid was developed using the 
QResearch database – a not-for-profit initiative between the University 
of Oxford and EMIS.

The University of Oxford turned its research into a risk prediction 
model called QCovid, and NHS Digital used this to develop a population 
risk assessment to prioritise those patients most at risk for vaccination 
and support.

The research was commissioned by England’s Chief Medical Officer 
Chris Whitty and funded by the National Institute of Health Research. 
It found that there are several health and personal factors which, when 
combined, could mean someone is at a higher risk from Covid-19. These 
include characteristics like age, ethnicity and body mass index, as well 
as certain medical conditions and treatments.

Our community case studies

Supporting local schools

“In the third national lockdown I teamed up with Pudsey 
Computers to ask local business to donate any unused 
computer equipment to be given to local schools. We are very 
grateful to EMIS for donating redundant computer equipment, 
which has been recycled by Pudsey Computers with funding 
from local councillors. This equipment is already in use by 
many pupils living in Pudsey to help with their online learning 
during lockdown.

“We started with local high schools and we have nine primary 
schools in Pudsey too. It is just taking that pressure off for 
families and helping the schools.”

Councillor Simon Seary, Pudsey Ward 

Jon Kelly’s 
apprenticeship story 

“I joined EMIS as a Junior Software Developer in 2020 through 
the apprenticeship scheme. Before that I had worked in a call 
centre, a job I didn’t enjoy but it was my route out of homelessness. 

“When I heard about the opportunity at EMIS I bent over 
backwards to get on the Code Nation course – I’ve never been 
so focussed. For the first time I felt that what I was doing 
could result in a career.

“I used NHS apps to help me when I was struggling and now 
I am on the other side of it and working on software to help 
the healthcare industry to help people.

“It’s challenging but I enjoy it. I spent 15 years of my life being 
unhappy and now I am happy and excited about the future.”

Jon Kelly, Junior Software Developer

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

35

STRATEGIC REPORT

Sustainability continued

“ Good governance makes what 
we strive to do possible and 
sustainable. It’s about how we work 
collectively day-to-day, doing the 
right things in the right way to 
deliver the best products and 
services to our customers. It 
underpins everything: our talent, 
our strategy and ultimately is 
essential to our success.”

Peter Southby
Chief Financial Officer

OUR RESPONSIBILITIES AS A BUSINESS

Why it is a priority for EMIS Group 
As the guardian of more than 40 million patient records, EMIS takes 
clinical and data governance extremely seriously with a low risk appetite 
in this area. A high standard of clinical and data governance underpins 
everything EMIS does, from processing employee data internally to 
helping customers to safely and securely share vital patient information. 

The data governance board
The Group ensures that its data governance processes and policies are 
kept front of mind for all employees. 

During 2020 EMIS Group introduced a data governance board, chaired 
by Group Chief Medical Officer and Caldicott Guardian, Dr Shaun 
O’Hanlon. The board oversaw a policy and process review with the 
support of internal and external experts, and introduced additional 
safeguards to ensure the business continues to operate to ever-higher 
standards in this area. All staff were required to read and sign a new 
data governance policy and a set of overarching golden rules.

The new policy mandates that anyone processing any personal data 
(patient, customer, consumer or employee) must have relevant approval 
before they can proceed. Data stewards have been given responsibility 
and accountability for handling this data and enforcing the process 
throughout the organisation.

The data governance golden rules are reinforced in the organisation through 
regular communication and mandatory annual training on the relevant 
policies. This is closely linked with the corporate value of being responsible; 
colleagues are educated and empowered to act responsibly within the 
appropriate governance framework to maintain EMIS’s high standards. 

The Group’s ISO 20001 accreditation provides external validation to 
customers that EMIS’s processes and policies meet international standards. 

Empowering connected care
A core component of the EMIS Group purpose is connecting care 
settings to improve patient experience and health outcomes. This can 
only be done through strong data governance controls: ensuring that all 
data required is safely and securely available through EMIS systems. 
Any interoperable data sharing initiative must always take into account 
both the benefit of instant accessibility for clinicians needing essential 
patient data at the point of care and the need to protect medical and 

89 people in the clinical team 

provide real-life clinical insight 

36

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTpersonal data through strict privacy and security measures in the 
system. EMIS ensures that the right, appropriately authorised data 
is shared across the healthcare industry resulting in reduced patient 
waiting times, better patient outcomes and more time for clinicians 
to focus on patient care. 

Clinical governance
Clinical safety is EMIS Group’s number one priority. The Group’s Chief 
Medical Officer and a network of experienced working clinicians and 
Clinical Safety Officers have overall responsibility for clinical safety at 
EMIS. They work across the organisation and input into development, 
support and product management processes to ensure clinical safety is 
embedded in every part of the creation and delivery of healthcare 
technology. The 89-strong clinical team includes clinicians from a wide 
range of settings, from primary to A&E to community pharmacy, to 
bring real-life clinical experience into the culture of the organisation and 
educate the rest of the business on the reality of front line healthcare. 
The Group’s regulatory compliance team ensures that all software 
solutions are compliant with relevant directives pertaining to medical 
devices, enabling EMIS to safely bring innovative technology to the 
market such as algorithms and artificial intelligence (AI). 

The Group continues to develop the EMIS-X Analytics suite to provide 
essential insight into UK health and wellness. Its strong clinical and data 
governance ethos and processes ensure that customers of EMIS-X 
Analytics operate with strict access control technology to deliver 
compliance with GDPR and NHS Information Governance for security, 
privacy and protection. 

With these strong clinical governance standards in place, EMIS can 
offer the capability for improved meaningful research at large-scale 
healthcare population level, going over and above protecting data but 
making it available for wide-scale improvements to patient outcomes 
on a population level. 

Cyber security 
Cyber security is a top priority to keep EMIS’s systems and data secure. 
Moving to homeworking has led to an additional review and improvement 
of controls to respond to new risks associated with the changed working 
environment. The Group has deployed new security and monitoring 
tools in response to the fast evolving cyber threat landscape and 
upskilled employees by raising security awareness and promoting good 
security hygiene. The Group will continue to invest in cyber defences in 
order to keep pace with evolving threats and will adjust the security 
strategy and plans accordingly, aligned to the business strategy.

Governance and risk management 
EMIS Group has strong governance processes in place, overseen by 
the Chief Financial Officer. The Group Portfolio Management Office 
provides governance of all new initiatives, to ensure that EMIS is 
investing in the right programmes and projects and is delivering them as 
efficiently and effectively as possible. The operational executive team is 
a cross-functional management group to ensure the business meets 
its KPIs. The RMC proactively manages and mitigates risk across the 
business, with regular meetings and an action-driven approach to 
reducing risk. 

More information on how EMIS Group mitigates risk in the areas of 
data and clinical security and the role of the RMC can be found on 
pages 28 to 33. Details on EMIS Group’s corporate governance and 
compliance with the Code can be found on pages 48 to 54, including 
its policies on bribery and corruption, data security, code of ethics 
and whistleblowing.

Our responsibilities as a business case studies

Photo to be added

Understanding our 
customers

“I started my career on the service desk of one of the UK’s 
largest banks and quickly learnt the impact technology has 
on every business. That experience is why I’m so passionate 
about our customers having the best support from EMIS. 

“I like to immerse myself in the reality of the healthcare front 
line so I can see things from our end users’ points of view. 
A few years ago before I joined EMIS, I had the opportunity 
to shadow a busy Emergency Department in the North West 
on a Friday night. During the evening the department 
experienced technology difficulties that compounded what 
was already a stressful shift. I saw first hand the impact of 
technology when it goes right and when it goes wrong. 

“My experiences give me a drive to make sure our technology 
does everything it can to help our busy customers deliver the 
best possible patient care.” 

Bob Brown, Group Chief Operating Officer

111 integration

At Wye Valley NHS Trust, 111 operators are electronically 
booking patient appointments in their hospitals’ emergency 
departments – or with urgent care services such as GP out 
of hours services and minor injuries units – via EMIS’s 
Emergency Department system, Symphony.

The technological advancement enables 111 operators and 
patients to discuss appointment options in real time, avoiding 
cancellations and missed appointments. Previously 111 operators 
could only signpost patients to the preferred area of care. 

The integration also gives emergency department clinicians 
access to patient information prior to the appointment, reducing 
administration time and preventing unnecessary repetition. This 
means that patients can be rapidly assessed, diagnosed and, in 
some cases, treated without being admitted to a ward.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

37

Sustainability continued

OUR ENVIRONMENTAL RESPONSIBILITY 

Why it is a priority for EMIS Group
There is increasing interest from all stakeholder groups in businesses’ 
impact on the environment. Sustainable business practices will play an 
increasing importance in EMIS Group’s ability to grow successfully and 
maintain profitability over the long term. 

As a software development business, EMIS’s activities are largely office 
and latterly home based and do not involve any energy-intensive 
processes or generate significant waste. Nonetheless, EMIS is 
committed to reducing its environmental impact and is developing a 
new Group-wide environmental strategy to establish and measure 
improvement in this area. This will build on what it has achieved so far 
and embrace its new remote, flexible and collaborative ways of working 
across a simplified and reduced property portfolio. EMIS is at the start 
of its journey to measure and improve its impact on the environment 
and the business is committed to working towards “carbon neutral” 
status with a long-term ambition to be carbon neutral by 2030. 

From 1 January 2020, EMIS is required to measure its energy and 
carbon data under the Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting 
(SECR) requirements.

Targets and goals for 2021
• Development of EMIS’s environmental strategy, formalising the 
commitment to environmental improvements, and agreement of 
an action plan to implement this.

• Establish targets by the end of the first quarter of 2021 for 

improvements following the first year of reporting under SECR, using 
baseline data from 2020. 

• Evaluation of business processes under Scope 3 emissions and agree 

a plan for measuring Scope 3 from 1 January 2022.

• Creation of a partner programme to focus on delivering sustainable 
prosperity for communities and businesses through working on 
environmental projects. This will include developing the relationship 
with the Yorkshire Climate Action Coalition. 

• Installation of six vehicle charging points at one of EMIS’s sites by the 

end of the third quarter of 2021.

• As the business is predominantly homeworking, review the fleet policy 
by the second quarter of 2021, with an aim to reduce the number of 
fleet vehicles further. EMIS’s long-term ambition is to have an all 
hybrid/electric fleet by 2025.

Key areas 
The Group’s environmental aims fit seamlessly with the new corporate 
values. EMIS’s environmental responsibility will focus on the following 
key areas:

• energy, waste, plastics and carbon management;

• sustainable sourcing, procurement and supply chain;

• sustainable travel and fleet management; 

• creation of an energy procurement policy; and 

• sustainable buildings including data centre management.

This will be underpinned with visible monitoring and a process of 
continuous improvement.

EMIS Group was re-accredited for ISO 14001 Environmental 
Management system during 2020, internationally recognised as the 
leading environmental management system. 

Actions taken to date: 
To minimise the impact on the environment, EMIS has: 

• reduced the number of fleet vehicles over the year and reduced the 
proportion of fossil-fuel powered vehicles, with 50% of the EMIS 
fleet now electric or hybrid;

• fitted vehicle trackers to the fleet to further enhance reporting and 

reduce the impact on the environment;

• offered the cycle to work scheme to all UK employees; 

• prioritised energy-efficient IT and facilities equipment during 

replacement and upgrade programmes; 

• mandated that a travel portal be used for booking all national and 
international travel Group-wide to enable data review, working 
towards more sustainable travel; 

• implemented energy-efficient technologies during building 

redevelopment work and within the data centres; and

• used video conferencing and instant messaging software to help limit 
business travel for internal meetings and enable employees to work 
from home.

38

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

Our environmental responsibility case study

Improving efficiency 
of the data centre

“During 2020 EMIS added a loading bay outside its primary 
data centre to improve energy efficiency. This means that 
deliveries can be processed without impacting the consistent 
room temperature required for optimal performance of the 
equipment.

“Previously when equipment was delivered, the controlled 
temperature would fluctuate and there would be an energy 
requirement to re-stabilise the room. 

“Deliveries can now be unpacked and packaging disposed of 
without the risk of contaminating the room with dust particles. 
Dust particles can block fans, which can reduce the efficiency 
and life span of the equipment. 

“The external doors can be closed prior to the internal doors 
being opened. This results in the air conditioning units not 
having to compensate for an increase in demand, reducing 
energy consumption.”

Philippa Steventon, EMIS Health 
and Safety Manager

STRATEGIC REPORTThe impact of Covid-19
In addition to the actions already undertaken as part of the Group’s 
overall sustainable business approach, Covid-19 resulted in some 
significant changes to the Group’s impact on the environment 
during 2020:

Intensity ratio

£’m

kWh/
revenue 
£’m

tCO2e/
revenue 
£’m

• as a result of lockdown restrictions and reduced employee mobility, 

Total revenue 2020

159.5

30,981

7.33

business mileage fell by 53% to 1,224,371 (2019: 2,620,977); 

• moving to flexible remote working reduced the Group’s property 

portfolio with a 5% reduction in floor space over the year; 

• the Group’s offices are undergoing transformation to collaboration 

hubs, including improved energy-efficient lighting and energy 
management systems. More energy-efficient LED lighting has been 
implemented in communal office areas; and

• recycled electrical waste volume reduced by 47% and confidential 

waste by 69%.

SECR statement
EMIS measures and reports its energy and carbon data across its 
UK business, providing comprehensive data to assess its overall 
environmental impact for Scope 1 and 2 and mandatory Scope 3. Scope 
1 covers direct emissions from owned or controlled sources. Scope 2 
covers indirect emissions from the generation of purchased electricity, 
steam, heating and cooling consumed by the reporting company. 
Mandatory Scope 3 covers indirect emissions from the grey fleet. EMIS 
will look to measure energy and carbon data from across the Group 
from 2021. EMIS’s SECR statement includes all emission sources 
required under the 2019 regulations for the financial year ended 
31 December 2020 and uses the UK government’s GHG conversion 
factors for company reporting. This is EMIS’s first year of reporting and 
the Group will be using the 2020 reporting year as the benchmark for 
2021. The report uses the metric of revenue (£m) as the intensity ratio. 
EMIS intends to give higher priority to this objective in the coming 
years, including measurement of Scope 3 emissions as part of an 
ongoing commitment to continual improvement. Scope 3 includes all 
other indirect emissions that occur in a company’s value chain.

Scope 3 (1%)

Scope 1 (26%)

Scope 2 (73%)

Combined consumption 

kWh 26+26+
Combined tCO2e 27+27+

Scope 2 (72%)

Scope 1 (27%)

Scope 3 (1%)

Carbon emission sources

Travel and utilities

kWh 2020

tCO2e 20201

Scope 1

Total Scope 1

Scope 2

Natural gas

Other fuels

95,899

8,398

Transport (company cars)

1,160,732

Electricity

1,265,029

3,599,437

Scope 3 (mandatory)

Transport (grey fleet)

77,023

18

2

292

312

839

19

Total gross values

4,941,489

1,170

1 Figures have been rounded to the nearest whole number.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

39

73
73
+
+
1
1
+
+
C
C
72
72
+
+
1
1
+
+
C
C
Sustainability continued

OUR PEOPLE AND CULTURE 

Why it is a priority for EMIS Group
As a healthcare technology business, the Group’s success is built on the 
intellectual capital of its people. EMIS Group’s purpose of improving UK 
health outcomes is a key motivator for many colleagues. The aim of the 
leadership team and the HR function is to enable, empower and strengthen 
this drive through the creation of a positive working culture. 

Group values 
Following a survey on Group culture, EMIS Group launched new 
corporate values to capture the spirit of the business: responsible, 
collaborative, transformative and supportive. The values are 
fundamental to achieving the Group’s vision of being the leading 
provider of innovative healthcare technology that improves people’s 
lives. Across the business, employees are actively encouraged to live the 
values. They are linked to employee recognition and reward, objective 
setting and review and play a large part in internal communications. 

Employee engagement
EMIS extended the number of its employee forums as a key method 
of employee engagement. Representatives from every area of the 
business seek and feed back views from colleagues and the national 
and local forums help the business to talk to employees about 
important changes. 

EMIS’s strong internal communications programme was key to 
engagement through the year. The Group sent more regular staff 
update emails and ran more of Andy Thorburn’s “Ask Andy” all 
employee open Q&A online sessions than ever before, as well as 
utilising Workplace for informal and social engagement. In a mid-year 
survey, 90% of respondents felt the business could not have done more 
to communicate since moving to homeworking. 

Supporting wellbeing 
It has never been more important to support employee wellbeing 
than during the pandemic. Supporting colleagues has always been an 
important part of EMIS culture and the Group increased activity in 
this area during the year. It launched a dedicated wellbeing programme, 
Thrive. In a staff survey, 90% of people said the business had supported 
their mental health and wellbeing.

EMIS appointed more voluntary mental health first aiders, to bolster 
the existing programme and bring the total number of volunteers to 28. 
There were regular staff engagement sessions throughout the year, 
focussed on downtime away from work, such as quizzes, cookalongs 
and inspirational speakers.

Flexible working 
Covid-19 transformed the way EMIS operates overnight. The Group 
was quick to adapt to homeworking and, despite the challenges of 
lockdown, employees began to embrace the change. In mid-2020 EMIS 
sought employees’ views on the new way of working through a direct 
survey and via the employee forums. Key positives fed back included 
less time commuting, a better work–life balance and more flexibility for 
families and those with caring responsibilities. EMIS formed a working 
group to engage with staff to shape plans to continue this approach, 
becoming a mainly homeworking business with key office spaces to be 
transformed into collaboration hubs. 

A diverse and inclusive culture 
EMIS already had a successful women’s network in both the UK and 
India, which had led to positive change such as improvements to the 
flexible working policy. The programme was extended during 2020 to 
become a broader diversity and inclusion network comprising three 
groups: BAME, LGBTQ+ and the women’s network. All three diversity 
and inclusion groups are driven by employees with active engagement 
from HR to ensure inclusivity is embedded into EMIS’s everyday culture. 

EMIS Group’s annual gender pay gap (GPG) report showed a significant 
reduction in the headline metric for the third consecutive year from 
10.3% in 2019 to 6.4%. The Group will publish information in line with 
the requirements of the Equality Act 2010 (Gender Pay Gap 
Information) Regulations on an annual basis. 

Equal opportunities 
EMIS strives to build an inclusive culture that encourages, supports and 
celebrates the diverse voices of its employees. The Group is committed 
to ensuring that all of its employees and prospective employees are 
treated fairly and equitably. EMIS is focussed on providing a working 
environment that operates on equality of opportunity and freedom 
from harassment or unlawful discrimination on the grounds of race, sex, 
pregnancy and maternity, marital or civil partnership status, gender 
reassignment, disability, religion or beliefs, age, or sexual orientation; 
EMIS’s dignity at work policy sets out this commitment. All employees 
are treated fairly and equally.

The Group treats applications for employment from disabled persons equally 
with those of other applicants having regard to their ability, experience and 
the requirements of the job. Where existing employees become disabled, 
appropriate efforts are made to provide them with continuing suitable work 
within the Group and to provide retraining if necessary.

Gender diversity 3030+

GXT

36+36+

Senior management 
(and their direct reports)1

32+32+

All employees

1  Senior management as 
defined by the Code.

Female (30%)

Male (70%)

Female (36%)

Male (64%)

Female (32%)

Male (68%)

40

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT+
70
70
+
+
C
C
64
64
+
+
C
C
68
68
+
+
C
C
Modern Slavery Act
The Group is committed to conducting business responsibly. It seeks 
to ensure that its supply chains operate to those same high standards, 
including in relation to employment practices, workplace conditions 
and, more specifically, the prevention of forced, bonded and trafficked 
labour. This is upheld through the Group’s policies and processes and is 
fully supported by the Board. The steps taken to help manage the risks 
outlined by the legislation are detailed in the modern slavery statement, 
which is published annually on the Group’s website and can be found at 
www.emisgroupplc.com/investors/corporate-governance.

REWARD AND RECOGNITION

SIP
The SIP encourages tax-advantaged employee ownership of the 
Group’s shares and is offered to all UK employees with over six months’ 
service. The scheme was relaunched during 2020 to raise awareness of 
the benefits, resulting in an increase in take-up of just under 30%. 25% 
of eligible employees now contribute to the scheme (2019: 19%). 

During the year the scheme provided one matching share for every three 
shares purchased by employees. In 2021 EMIS has enhanced this to one 
matching share for every two shares purchased by employees. In April 
2020 the Group offered a free share award to 1,044 eligible UK employees 
and offered the shares on an opt-out basis, which resulted in 100% take-up.

Pension contribution 
In 2020 92.5% of UK employees had pension contributions paid 
on their behalf into a pension scheme (2019: 92%). New employees 
are auto-enrolled into the Group scheme.

Over the last six years EMIS has consistently increased pension 
contributions year on year. By April 2020, standard pension 
contributions had been uplifted to a minimum 10% (5% employee and 
5% employer). In 2021 a further 0.5% increase in the minimum level of 
the employer pension contribution has been applied, taking this to 
5.5%. This is part of a plan over the medium term to align employer 
contribution across EMIS grades.

Benefits in Chennai 
Some benefits are structured differently for colleagues in Chennai, to 
take account of local legislation and market practice. EMIS colleagues in 
India have access to unlimited online healthcare consultations, including 
with GPs and specialist clinicians and for Covid-19. This service has the 
ability to link to local pharmacy stores for home delivery of medication. 
The workforce in Chennai is provided with health insurance coverage 
for both themselves and their family. 

Values-based recognition: EMIS Heroes
EMIS reviews its benefit provision every year to reward and recognise 
employee performance. Despite Covid-19, EMIS delivered all the planned 
remuneration changes in the year and improved benefits. During 2021, 
performance, market relativity and increased responsibility will drive 
most changes in basic salary and the Group will look to support its 
lower paid employees.

Recognition is an integral part of EMIS’s supportive culture and a new 
values-based recognition programme was introduced in 2020 in both 
the UK and India. Employees are encouraged to send colleagues e-cards 
to show appreciation to those delivering exceptional performance, 
and managers are invited to give a small financial instant reward for 
significant demonstration of one or all of the Group’s values. 1,300 
e-cards and monetary awards were sent during 2020.  

Our people and culture case studies

Photo to be added

Wellbeing in Chennai

“Here in Chennai we moved to home working before the 
official lockdown for Covid-19 was announced. It was a big 
change for us as we had been office based for five years 
and had built up a good working culture. We wanted to make 
sure that we all kept connected while we were at home. We 
organised multiple sessions through Teams on a range of 
wellbeing subjects, benefitting from external speakers 
including doctors and financial experts to help us learn more 
about Covid-19 and how we could better manage our finances. 

“It was also important to us to offer more holistic wellbeing 
sessions to colleagues and we held a number of yoga and 
meditation sessions online for colleagues to help them unwind 
and de-stress. We plan to do more in 2021!” 

Sivasankari Sankaran, HR Manager, Chennai 

The value of the SIP

“I signed up to the SIP as soon as I was eligible as I believe it’s 
counterintuitive not to! The benefits on the contributions, 
which have recently been increased by EMIS, mean this 
method of saving is more beneficial to me than putting money 
into savings accounts at the current time. Investing through 
the SIP has also led to me feeling more engaged with the 
business and its success.

“To me it makes absolute financial sense and it’s a good option 
for the risk averse given the nature of our business. I have 
been investing for more than five years and I’m glad I signed 
up as early as I could when I joined the Company as I have 
accumulated a healthy amount to go towards a house deposit 
or future travelling.” 

Priya Patel, Legal Counsel 

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

41

 
Financial review

Creditable performance 
during the pandemic

Recurring revenue, cash flow and reported operating profit all increased.

The results for the year ended 31 December 2020 represent a 
creditable performance given the challenges faced by the business 
during the Covid-19 lockdown periods. The Group’s revenues, adjusted 
operating profit and adjusted operating margin were unchanged on the 
comparative period while recurring revenue, cash flow and reported 
operating profit and margin all increased. 

Group revenue of £159.5m (2019: £159.5m) included revenue of £2.2m 
from the Pinnacle acquisition, completed on 9 March 2020. Recurring 
revenue grew by 4% to £130.0m (2019: £125.0m), representing 82% 
(2019: 78%) of the Group’s total revenue.

Adjusted operating profit for the year, as set out in the table below, 
was £39.3m (2019: £39.3m), including £0.7m from Pinnacle. Reported 
operating profit, in the absence of any exceptional charges and 
including the release of contingent acquisition consideration of £1.0m, 
increased to £35.8m (2019: £26.8m). A reconciliation between the 
operating profit measures is given in the Group statement of 
comprehensive income and in the appendix to this report.

Segmental performance
The table on page 43 sets out the summary segmental performance.

Driven in part by higher than usual hardware sales resulting from 
the need for rapid deployment of mobile working solutions during 
lockdown, revenue increased by 7% in EMIS Health to £107.8m 
(2019: £100.9m). These additional sales and reduced operating costs 
delivered an 8% increase in adjusted operating profit to £25.1m 
(2019: £23.3m), notwithstanding the Group’s continued investment 
in developing its strategic roadmap.

While recurring revenue increased, performance in the EMIS Enterprise 
division reflected a subdued market and a strong comparative period. 
In the absence of significant licence deals and with delayed 
implementations during lockdown, revenue was 12% lower at £51.7m 
(2019: £58.6m), and adjusted operating profit reduced by 10% to 
£15.7m (2019: £17.5m).

Revenue
The NHS GP IT Futures framework, governing over a quarter of 
the Group’s revenues, took effect in 2020. This introduced a single 
“software as a service payment” for GP systems in England and 
therefore, in order to better reflect the evolution of the business and its 
core revenue streams monitored internally, the Group has revised the 
way in which it analyses revenue. The revised analysis of revenue from 
continuing operations is summarised below:

• software subscription and support, higher at £99.5m (2019: £94.2m), 
reflecting the inclusion of the acquired Pinnacle revenues and higher 
revenues from the Group’s existing customers;

• interface and connectivity charges, lower at £20.3m (2019: £21.8m) 

with business growth offset by a particularly strong comparative 
period for partner on-boarding;

• hardware and related services, which grew to £17.3m (2019: £13.2m) 
as a result of Covid-19 related hardware sales in the primary care market;

• other services, where revenues were higher at £13.4m (2019: £12.0m) 

with increased digitisation project work; and

• perpetual licences, training, consultancy and implementation, 
where lower revenues of £9.0m (2019: £18.3m) reflected the 
unusually high level of licence deals in the comparative period and 
reduced implementation activity during the Covid-19 lockdowns.

The high level of recurring revenue and the strength of the Group’s 
customer relationships give the Group confidence to invest in developing 
future products and services, while providing good visibility of future 
financial performance. 

42

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORTRecurring revenue grew by

4%

Summary segmental performance

Revenue

Adjusted segmental operating profit

Group expenses

Adjusted operating profit1

Adjusted operating margin

EMIS Health
2020
£’m

EMIS Health EMIS Enterprise
2020
£’m

2019
£’m

EMIS Enterprise
2019
£’m

107.8

25.1

100.9

23.3

51.7

15.7

58.6

17.5

Total
2020
£’m

159.5

40.8

(1.5)

39.3

Total
2019
£’m

159.5

40.8

(1.5)

39.3

23.3%

23.1%

30.4%

29.9%

24.6%

24.6%

1   Excludes capitalisation and amortisation of development costs, amortisation of acquired intangibles and exceptional items. See page 22 for alternative 

performance measures.

Profitability
Adjusted operating profit was unchanged on the comparative period at 
£39.3m (2019: £39.3m). This was delivered despite a lower gross margin 
revenue mix by careful cost control through the year, while at the same 
time increasing the level of investment in development to £21.2m 
(2019: £20.7m). The adjusted operating margin was also consistent with 
the comparative period at 24.6% (2019: 24.6%).

Total staff costs excluding exceptional reorganisation costs were 1% 
lower than in 2019, although year-end staff numbers increased to 1,591 
(2019: 1,527) and the average headcount was also higher at 1,579 
(2019: 1,575). The increase in staff numbers was driven principally by the 
expansion of the Indian development team to 410 people (2019: 332). 

Reported operating profit increased by 33% to £35.8m (2019: £26.8m), 
reflecting the release of contingent consideration no longer payable on 
the 2018 Dovetail acquisition, the absence of exceptional 
reorganisation costs in 2020, and lower levels of capitalised 
development cost amortisation charge.

During the year a final contingent payment under the sale agreement 
of £0.8m was received from the acquirer for the Specialist & Care business, 
disposed of in 2019, and this payment was recognised as other income.

Taxation
The tax charge for the year was £6.8m (2019: £5.0m). The effective 
tax rate for the year before the deferred tax rate change, release of 
contingent acquisition consideration, other income and share of 
result of joint venture and associate was 19.1% (2019: 19.2%).

Earnings per share (EPS)
Adjusted basic and diluted EPS were 1% lower at 51.0p and 50.4p 
respectively (2019: 51.4p and 51.1p). The statutory basic and diluted 
EPS were both higher at 48.1p and 47.6p respectively (2019: 36.0p 
and 35.8p).

Dividend
Subject to shareholder approval at the Annual General Meeting on 
6 May 2021, the Board proposes an increase in the final dividend to 
16.0p (2019: 15.6p) per ordinary share, payable on 14 May 2021 to 
shareholders on the register at the close of business on 16 April 2021. 
This would make a total dividend of 32.0p (2019: 31.2p) per ordinary 
share for 2019. This is 3% higher than in the prior year, reflecting a 
balance of the challenging trading environment experienced in 2020 
with the consistent underlying growth of the Group and its positive 
future prospects.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

43

The Group completed the acquisition of the Pinnacle business during 
the year for initial cash consideration, net of cash acquired, of £2.9m. It 
also paid a final balance of £0.8m of deferred contingent consideration 
further to the 2018 Dovetail acquisition and £0.6m for the acquisition 
of the remaining 10% share capital of Dovetail. The Group received 
£0.8m of consideration in respect of the 2019 disposal of the Specialist 
& Care business.

Net cash spent on capital expenditure (excluding capitalised 
development costs) was tightly controlled at £0.4m (2019: £5.6m). 
Capital additions in the year included £1.8m on computer equipment, 
£0.4m on internal systems and software and £0.7m on property assets 
offset by proceeds from sales (principally of the former head office 
property) of £2.5m (2019: £0.2m).

After transactions in own shares, tax, dividends, lease payments and 
finance/other transactions, the total net cash inflow of £21.9m resulted 
in a year-end net cash position of £53.0m (2019: £31.1m). At 31 
December 2020, the Group had available undrawn bank facilities of 
£30.0m committed until June 2021, reducing to £15.0m for the 
twelve-month period ending 30 June 2022. An accordion arrangement 
is in place to increase the quantum up to £60.0m, reducing to £30.0m 
for the twelve-month period ending 30 June 2022.

Peter Southby
Chief Financial Officer
17 March 2021

Financial review continued

Cash flow and net cash
The principal movements in net cash (rounded) were as follows:

Cash from operations:
Cash generated from operations

Less: capitalised development costs 

Adjusted cash generated from operations
Cash cost of exceptional items

Net cash generated from operations
Business combinations

Business disposal

Net capital expenditure

Transactions in own shares

Tax
Dividends
Lease payments
Finance/other 

Change in net cash in the year

Net cash at end of year

2020
£’m

2019
£’m

64.1

(6.6)

58.8
(1.3)

57.5
(4.2)

0.8

(0.4)

0.5

(11.7)
(19.9)
(1.5)
0.8

21.9

53.0

50.1

(7.4)

46.3
(3.6)

42.7
(1.2)

6.2

(5.6)

(3.1)

(4.5)
(18.7)
(0.9)
0.6

15.5

31.1

Cash generated from operations increased to £64.1m (2019: £50.1m). 
Adjusted cash from operations is stated after adding back the cash 
cost of items relating to the 2019 exceptional reorganisation costs of 
£1.3m (2019: £3.6m) and after deducting capitalised development 
costs. On this adjusted basis, cash flow from operations was 27% 
higher than in 2019, due to improved working capital including £7.3m 
of VAT payments deferred until 2021.

REVENUE ANALYSIS

6262+

charges: 13%

& support: 62%

   Software subscription 

   Interface and connectivity 

C 8282+

training, consultancy 
and implementation: 6%

   Hardware and related 

   Perpetual licences, 

  Other services: 8%

services: 11% 

  Recurring: 82%

  Non-recurring: 18%

44

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

STRATEGIC REPORT+
13
13
+
+
11
11
+
+
8
8
+
+
6
6
+
+
C
18
+
18
+
+
C
C
Total revenue3

Recurring revenue2,3

Reported operating profit3

£159.5m -

£130.0m +4%

£35.8m +33%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

159.5

159.5

149.7

170.1

142.4

160.4

144.5

158.7

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

130.0

125.0

120.6

140.7

115.8

133.5

114.8

128.5

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

35.8

26.8

27.7

28.7

10.6 10.9

23.5

29.1

Adjusted operating profit1,2,3

£39.3m -

Reported cash generated 
from operations

£64.1m +28%

Adjusted cash generated 
from operations2

£58.9m +27%

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

39.3

39.3

35.9

37.6

36.8

37.4

38.3

38.8

Reported EPS3

48.1p +34%

48.1

36.0

34.7

36.1

12.8 13.2

30.4

38.9

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

64.1

50.1

49.9

48.8

43.7

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

58.9

46.3

54.5

49.7

41.1

Adjusted earnings  
per share (EPS)1,2,3

51.0p -1%

Total dividend for the year

32.0p +3%

51.0

51.4

45.1

47.4

46.4

47.2

48.7

49.4

2020

2019

2018

2017

2016

32.0

31.2

28.4

25.8

23.4

1   Excludes capitalisation and amortisation of development costs, amortisation of acquired intangibles and exceptional items as set out in the Group statement 

of comprehensive income on page 88. Earnings per share calculations also adjust for the related tax and non-controlling interest impact. 

2  These are alternative performance measures. See page 22 for further details and reconciliation to the relevant IFRS number.

3

Continuing operations excluding Specialist & Care business.

Continuing operations and discontinued Specialist & Care business.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

45

Board of Directors

Patrick De Smedt
Non-executive Chair

Andy Thorburn
Chief Executive Officer

Peter Southby
Chief Financial Officer

APPOINTED
January 2020

APPOINTED
May 2017

APPOINTED
October 2012

BOARD COMMITTEES
None

BOARD COMMITTEES
None

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Over 25 years’ experience in 
finance, mainly in a public company 
environment, with over half of this 
at board level.

Proven ability in corporate 
transactions, including fundraising, 
acquisitions and disposals. 

Detailed knowledge of strategy 
across multiple industry sectors, 
with a focus on support services.
Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales (Fellow).

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS

CURRENT
None

PREVIOUS
Finance director at ENER-G plc 
and Augean plc, senior financial 
positions at White Young Green plc 
and Leeds United plc and trained 
with Arthur Andersen as audit 
manager

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Over 20 years’ experience in the 
software industry in the UK and 
internationally.

Ability to drive significant growth 
in revenues and profitability for 
companies through organic growth 
as well as mergers and acquisitions.

Track record in creating value in 
software and communications 
industries.

Over 30 years’ experience in senior 
management and executive 
positions.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS

CURRENT
None

PREVIOUS
Group chief operating officer of 
Digicel Group, chief executive 
officer of Digicel Caribbean and 
Central America, chief executive 
officer of Digicel Jamaica, chief 
executive officer/president roles 
at Intec Telecom Systems plc, 
Chronicle Solutions Ltd and a 
number of Benchmark Capital 
Portfolio companies (including 
Kalido Inc. and Orchestria Ltd) and a 
managing director within BT Group

BOARD COMMITTEES

R

N

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
International business experience 
including a diverse portfolio of 
main board-level appointments in 
public and private equity-backed 
companies varying in size up to 
multi-billion pound turnover.

Entire executive career spent in 
the software sector, primarily with 
Microsoft, across a range of largely 
general management roles 
throughout Europe.

Experience in manufacturing, 
construction, recruitment and 
financial services sectors.

Expertise in driving innovation and 
growth, bringing focus to customer 
centricity and development of 
successful go-to-market strategies.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS

CURRENT
Senior independent director, 
PageGroup plc

Chair, Divitias Holdco Limited

Chair, Bytes Technology Group plc

PREVIOUS
Chair of Microsoft Europe, Middle 
East and Africa, vice president of 
Microsoft Western Europe, general 
manager (founder) of Microsoft 
Benelux, non-executive director 
of Kodak Alaris Holdings Ltd, 
non-executive director and chair 
of the remuneration committee of 
Victrex plc, senior independent 
director and chair of the 
remuneration committee of 
Morgan Sindall Group plc, senior 
independent director and chair of 
the remuneration committee of 
Anite plc and non-executive 
interim chair of KCOM Group plc

Andy McKeon CBE
Senior Independent 
Non-executive Director

APPOINTED
September 20151

BOARD COMMITTEES

A

R

N

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Deep knowledge of the NHS and 
extensive experience in shaping 
health policy.

Extensive knowledge of European 
and American healthcare.

Advocate for change that 
benefits patients.

Broadly based NED experience 
across the private and public sectors.

Over 20 years’ senior and 
board-level management 
experience in major organisations.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS

CURRENT
Chair, The Nuffield Trust

PREVIOUS
Interim chief executive of The 
Nuffield Trust, managing director 
of health at the Audit Commission, 
departmental board member at the 
Department of Health (director 
general responsible for policy and 
planning), head of primary care at 
the Department of Health, deputy 
chief executive at the Barts and 
London NHS Trust, adjunct 
professor of the Institute of Global 
Health Innovation, Imperial College 
London and vice-chair at the 
National Institute for Health and 
Care Excellence (NICE)

1   Having previously served on the 
Board between February 2013 
and April 2015.

46

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEKevin Boyd
Independent  
Non-executive Director

APPOINTED
May 2014

BOARD COMMITTEES

A

R

N

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Considerable senior management 
and listed company experience.

Real-time financial experience and 
software systems knowledge.

Experience of running complex 
business and corporate 
transactions.

Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in England and Wales (Fellow).

Institution of Engineering and 
Technology (Fellow).

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS

CURRENT
Non-executive director, 
Polypipe Group plc

Non-executive director,  
Bodycote plc

PREVIOUS
Group chief financial officer at 
Spirax-Sarco Engineering plc, 
Oxford Instruments plc and 
Radstone Technology plc, finance 
director at Siroyan Ltd and held 
senior financial positions at 
TI Group plc

Jen Byrne
Independent  
and designated  
Non-executive Director

APPOINTED
May 2019

BOARD COMMITTEES

A

R

N

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
Extensive commercial experience 
in the global software sector.

Strong track record in using 
technical insight to deliver 
challenging and technically 
complex engineering programmes.

In-depth knowledge of finance and 
engineering.

A strategic thinker with experience 
of companies in a growth phase.

Strong leadership skills

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS

CURRENT
Chief operating officer, G-Research

Non-executive director, RUAG 
Holding AG

PREVIOUS
15 years at the Lockheed 
Martin Corporation, latterly 
as vice president, space and 
missiles systems

Board of Directors key

Executive

Non-executive

Committee membership

A Audit committee

N Nomination committee

R Remuneration committee

Chair of committee

Summary of skills 
brought to EMIS Group

Technology/software 
experience:

Healthcare experience:

JP Rangaswami
Independent Non-
executive Director

APPOINTED
1 March 2021

BOARD COMMITTEES

A

R

N

SKILLS AND EXPERIENCE
An insightful, independent-minded 
and creative technology leader.

Highly relevant experience in 
the data analytics sector in both 
operational and strategic 
data-focussed and technology 
roles, with specialist experience in 
data governance, standards, best 
practices and techniques.

Strong understanding of the 
challenges of working in a regulated 
environment from a decade in the 
financial services sector.

EXTERNAL APPOINTMENTS

Financial experience:

Previous PLC board 
experience: 

Driving growth and 
innovation:

CURRENT
Non-executive director, Allfunds 
Bank SAU

Non-executive director, DMGT plc

Non-executive director, Admiral 
Group plc

Non-executive director, National 
Bank of Greece

Trustee, Web Science Trust

Trustee, Cumberland Lodge

Member of board of governors, 
Hammersmith Academy 

PREVIOUS
Chief data officer and group head of 
innovation, Deutsche Bank; chief 
scientist, Salesforce.com; chief 
scientist, managing director and 
chief information officer, BT Group; 
head of alternative market models 
and global chief information officer, 
Dresdner Kleinwort; various roles 
with multinational hardware, 
software, services and consulting 
organisations

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

47

Chair’s introduction to governance

Good corporate 
governance

Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present the EMIS Group plc 
governance report for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

The Board recognises the value and importance of good corporate 
governance and the framework in place underpins the Group’s ability to 
achieve its strategic goals. Governance arrangements are reviewed on 
an ongoing basis to ensure that they remain fit for purpose. As the 
Group operates within the healthcare sector, it is particularly important 

the focus remains on the safety and security of the Group’s products 
as well as balancing the interests of all our stakeholders. As a business 
quoted on AIM we have continued to apply the Code voluntarily as 
best practice.

This governance section of the annual report including the corporate 
governance statement, the audit committee report, the nomination 
committee report and the Directors’ remuneration report describes 
how the Group has applied the main principles contained within the 
Code. Our statement of compliance, required for AIM companies, can 
also be found on our website at www.emisgroupplc.com/investors/
corporate-governance. 

Compliance with the Code
The Group remains committed to high standards of corporate 
governance. During the year the Group has complied with the Code 
with the exception of two provisions relating to remuneration matters, 
specifically the existence of a post-employment shareholding policy 
(which will be implemented taking effect from the next grant of 
Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) awards in 2021) and the alignment 
of pension contribution rates for Executive Directors with the wider 
workforce for which there is now a defined plan in place. More detail 
on these areas of non-compliance can be found on page 49. 

S.172 statement UK Companies Act 2006
The Board recognises its responsibility to take into consideration the 
needs and concerns of all our stakeholders as part of our discussion and 
decision-making process. As a Board and as a business we strive to care 
for our colleagues, help our customers deliver a better experience for 
patients and healthcare professionals, and support our wider 
communities. More details on how we engage with our stakeholders 
can be found in the strategic report on pages 12 to 15 and the 
corporate governance statement on pages 49 to 54.

Patrick De Smedt
Chair
17 March 2021

COMPLIANCE STATEMENT
This corporate governance statement 
has been prepared in accordance with 
the principles of the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018 (“the Code”). 
During the year, the Group was 
compliant with the Code with 
the exception of Provision 36 – 
post-employment shareholding 
requirement and Provision 38 – 
pension alignment, which are 
explained in more detail on page 49.

1. Board leadership and 
Company purpose

• Led by strong and experienced Chair

• Alignment of purpose, strategy and 

values with Group culture 

• Effective engagement with 

stakeholders

Read more on pages 50 to 52

2. Division of responsibilities
• Majority of independent 
Non-executive Directors

• Regular dialogue between Board 

and management

• Policies, processes, information, 
time and resources for effective 
leadership in place

Read more on pages 52 and 53

48

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCECorporate governance statement

Introduction
This statement explains the key features of the Group’s governance 
structure and how it complies with the Code. The Code is published by 
the Financial Reporting Council (FRC) and is available at www.frc.org.uk.

Compliance with the Code
The Group is committed to achieving and maintaining the highest 
standards of corporate governance. During 2020, the Group was 
compliant with the Code except for:

• Provision 36 – the Group did not comply with the requirement 
to develop a formal policy for post-employment shareholding 
requirements. However a policy will be implemented from the next 
grant of LTIP awards in 2021 to comply with this provision; and

• Provision 38 – the Group did not comply with the requirement that 
pension contribution rates for Executive Directors, or payments in 
lieu of pension, are aligned with those available to the workforce. 
Employer pension contributions for EMIS Group staff range from 
5.5% to 10% of base salary (dependent on seniority) and are set at 
15% for Executive Directors. During 2020 the committee agreed that 
incumbent Executive Directors’ employer pension contributions will 
be capped at the 2020 cash amount for the next two years and by 
2023 their employer pension contributions will be aligned to those of 
the wider workforce. Pension contributions for any new Executive 
Directors will be no higher than those for other senior staff. 

Details and explanations of the application of the principles of 
corporate governance are set out in the following sections of this 
corporate governance statement.

2020 MEMBERSHIP AND 
BOARD ATTENDANCE
The attendance record for Board members during the year 
ended 31 December 2020 is set out below. 

Number of meetings attended1

Executive Directors

Andy Thorburn

Peter Southby

Non-executive Directors

Patrick De Smedt 
(Chair)2

Kevin Boyd

Andy McKeon

Jen Byrne 

Mike O’Leary3

1  There were seven scheduled meetings and three ad hoc meetings.

2  Patrick De Smedt was appointed as Chair on 6 May 2020.

3  Mike O’Leary retired from the Board on 6 May 2020.

3. Composition, succession 

and evaluation

4. Audit, risk and  
internal control

• Board with wide experience and 

• Oversight of internal audits and  

relevant skills

risk reviews

• External Board evaluation to assess 

• Formal and transparent policies and 

the Board’s effectiveness

procedures in place

• Regular review of succession plans

Read more on page 53

• Annual review and challenge of the 
principal and emerging risks in the 
context of the strategy

Read more on pages 53 and 54

5. Remuneration
• Remuneration policy consistent with 
the Code and supporting strategy

• Executive remuneration aligned to 
the Group’s purpose and values

• Alignment of outcomes with 
interests of shareholders

Read more on pages 62 to 76

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

49

Corporate governance statement continued

Board leadership and Company purpose
Role of the Board
The Board’s principal role is to provide effective leadership of the 
Group and to establish and align the Group’s purpose, strategy, values 
and culture. It is responsible to shareholders for delivering shareholder 
value by developing the overall strategy and supporting the 
development of the direction of the Group. The Board is also 
responsible for overseeing the Group’s external financial and other 
reporting and for ensuring that appropriate risk management and 
internal control systems are implemented and maintained. These 
responsibilities are largely exercised through the audit committee, 
which reports on its activities on pages 55 to 59.

The Board has a schedule of matters reserved to it including, but not 
limited to:

• Strategy and long-term objectives;

• Financial statements, dividend payments and accounting policies 

and practices;

• Approval of the Group budget;

• Measuring performance using KPIs, both financial and non-financial;

• Capital structure; 

• Internal controls and risk management;

• Acquisitions and disposals;

• Major capital expenditure; 

• Legal (including major contracts), health and safety and insurance 

issues; 

• Approval of policies adopted by the Group; and 

• Board structure and the appointment of advisers.

The business model on pages 10 and 11 explains the basis on which 
the Group generates and preserves value over the longer term. The 
strategy of the Group and its achievements in 2020 are outlined on 
pages 18 and 19.

The Board recognises the importance of establishing the right culture 
and communicating this message throughout the organisation. It is 
important that it provides strong and effective leadership and 
constructive challenge and, along with the GXT, the Board accepts 
collective accountability for the long-term sustainable success of the 
Group. In so doing, the Board will continue to drive and deliver its 
strategy in the best interests of all the Group’s stakeholders.

Board operation
The Board meets as often as necessary to discharge its duties.

The number of Board meetings held during 2020, together with the 
Directors’ attendance records, is set out on page 49. Details on the 
number of committee meetings held during the year together with the 
Directors’ attendance records can be found in the committee reports 
on pages 55, 60 and 63. The location for Board meetings is usually 
rotated around the Group’s principal sites in order to provide 
opportunities for the Board to meet management and employees and 
develop a better understanding of the Group’s operations and culture. 
Since March 2020 meetings have been held virtually instead due to 
Covid-19. This will continue to be the case until it is safe to have 
face-to-face meetings again.

The Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company 
Secretary, Christine Benson, who is responsible for ensuring that the 
Board and its committees’ procedures and applicable rules and 
regulations are met. The Directors all have access to the Group’s key 
advisers. If required in the performance of their duties, Directors may 
take independent professional advice at the Company’s expense. 
Appropriate insurance cover is in place in respect of legal action against 
the Directors. The Group has adopted and maintained a share dealing 
code for Directors and employees in accordance with the Market 
Abuse Regulations.

Board and committee papers are circulated one week in advance of 
meetings to enable the Board to review and consider the materials provided. 

The Chair ensures that input is sought and obtained from any Director 
who is unable to attend a Board meeting and provides a verbal update 
following the meeting to complement the minutes. There is ongoing 
contact between the Chair, Executive Directors and Non-executive 
Directors between Board meetings.

A topical Board calendar is prepared on an annual basis with GXT 
members regularly invited to attend to present an update on their areas 
of the business. This is highly valuable in providing further detail to 
support strategic decisions. In addition, the Board meets on an ad hoc 
basis as necessary to consider specific issues, such as potential 
corporate activity, supported by detailed Board papers circulated in 
advance analysing relevant aspects of the topic under discussion.

TENURE (BOARD)

  0–3 years: 4

  4–6 years: 1

  7+ years: 2

57+57+

50

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCE14
14
+
29
+
+
29
+
C
C
STANDING AGENDA ITEMS

At each meeting comprehensive Board packs are provided 
and the following standing items are discussed:

• Strategy;

• Financial results and KPIs;

• Sales pipeline and forecasts;

• Management accounts and commentary;

• Reports from the Chief Executive Officer on operational 

matters and the Chief Financial Officer on financial matters;

• Regular presentations from members of the GXT;

• Mergers and acquisitions;

• Progress reports on major projects;

• Analysts’ forecasts;

• Board committee updates;

• Investor relations engagement;

• Legal, governance and regulatory matters; and

• Implementation of actions agreed at previous meetings.

KEY TOPICS CONSIDERED BY THE 
BOARD IN 2020

• Acquisition of Pinnacle; 

• Approval of appointment of JP Rangaswami;

• Banking facilities;

• Employee engagement and culture;

• Presentations on product roadmap, information security, 
EMIS-X Analytics, service performance and customer 
service satisfaction strategy, environmental strategy, 
tech strategy and cyber security;

• Review, debate and challenge of the corporate strategy 

and plan;

• Risk management and internal controls, including a robust 

assessment of the principal risks;

• 2021 Group budget;

• Group operating model;

• Financial results announcements, presentations, report 
and accounts and market updates (annual and half year);

• Investor engagement;

• The Group’s viability statement and capital allocation 

policy, including dividends;

• Consideration of ESG matters;

• Board evaluation; 

• Management information and KPIs;

• Half yearly update on environmental/health and safety 

matters; and 

• Operational efficiency, including service level reporting.

Stakeholder engagement
The Board recognises its responsibility to take into consideration the 
needs and concerns of the Group’s stakeholders as it discusses matters 
and makes decisions. 

Relations with shareholders
Communication between the Group and its shareholders is an essential 
element of a sound governance framework. 

The main day-to-day engagement with shareholders and prospective 
investors is carried out by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer. During the year, formal programmes of meetings with 
analysts and institutional shareholders took place immediately after the 
results announcements, supplemented by ad hoc meetings and calls at 
other times. 

Feedback from these meetings and regular market updates prepared by 
the Group’s broker and other advisers are presented to the Board to 
ensure the Directors have a good understanding of shareholders’ views. 
The Chair and the Senior Independent Director are also available 
separately to shareholders to discuss strategy and governance issues. 
Feedback from any such communications is provided to the Board at 
the next scheduled meeting. The Chair and Chair of the remuneration 
committee consulted with a number of shareholders in 2020 to seek 
views on strategy and remuneration matters.

The Group has a dedicated investors section on its website, 
www.emisgroupplc.com/investors, together with a wide range 
of information on the Group’s activities, including all 
regulatory announcements. 

The AGM will be held at 9.00am on Thursday 6 May 2021 at the offices 
of EMIS Group plc, Fulford Grange, Micklefield Lane, Rawdon, Leeds 
LS19 6BA. Due to the pandemic, shareholders are asked not to attend 
in person but to vote by proxy. The notice of the AGM is available on 
the Group’s website and sets out the business of the meeting and an 
explanatory note. In line with good governance, voting on all resolutions 
at this year’s AGM will be conducted by way of a poll. Should a shareholder 
have a question that they would have raised at the meeting, they are 
able to send this by email to investorrelations@emisgroupplc.com 
(marked for the attention of the Company Secretary). Answers to 
questions will be published on the website following the AGM.

Workforce engagement
Jen Byrne, the designated Non-executive Director, usually meets with 
groups of employees around the business on a regular basis. This was 
restricted to one meeting during the pandemic. 

Local, national and focussed topic employee forums were established 
during the year to increase workforce engagement. Representatives 
fed back employee views on a number of important topics, such as 
the move to homeworking, diversity and inclusion. This was especially 
important to ensure that employee views were heard during the 
pandemic lockdown periods when the established approach of 
face-to-face workforce engagement could no longer take place.

Jen Byrne attended one meeting of the National Employee Forum 
during the year. The feedback from these forum meetings is shared with 
the Board on a six-monthly basis. Further information on workforce 
engagement can be found in the sustainability report on pages 34 to 41 
and the stakeholder engagement section on pages 12 to 15. 

More detail on how the Group has engaged with different stakeholder 
groups during the year can be found on pages 12 to 15.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

51

Corporate governance statement continued

Board leadership and Company purpose continued
Conflicts of interest
Directors have a legal duty to avoid conflicts of interest. Prior to 
appointment, conflicts of interest are disclosed and assessed to ensure 
that there are no matters which would prevent that person from taking 
on the appointment. If any potential conflict arises subsequently, the 
Articles of Association permit the Board to authorise the conflict, 
subject to such conditions or limitations as the Board may determine. 
In situations where a potential conflict arises, the Director concerned 
will not be permitted to remain present in any meeting or discussion 
concerning that conflict, and all material in relation to that matter will 
be restricted, including Board papers and minutes. 

Division of responsibilities
Board structure
Patrick De Smedt was appointed to the Board as Non-executive 
Director and Chair designate on 1 January 2020 and assumed the 
role of Chair following the retirement of Mike O’Leary on 6 May 2020. 
JP Rangaswami was appointed to the Board on 1 March 2021 as 
Non-executive Director. Biographies of each Director are provided on 
pages 46 and 47. Their respective Board and committee responsibilities 
are outlined below and in the committee reports.

The process of making appointments to the Board is led by the 
nomination committee. Further information on succession planning can 
be found in the nomination committee’s report on pages 60 and 61.

The Board delegates certain responsibilities to the three principal Board 
committees: the audit committee, the remuneration committee and the 
nomination committee. These responsibilities are set out in formal 
terms of reference for each committee, which are reviewed annually 
and are available on the Group’s website at www.emisgroupplc.com/
investors/corporate-governance. 

The Chair of each committee reports to the Board in relation to the 
committee’s activities and recommendations. Members of the Board who 
are not members of individual committees may be invited to attend meetings 
of those committees at the discretion of the respective committee’s Chair; 
however, they are not permitted to vote in respect of committee business. 
Details are provided in the respective committee reports.

• providing leadership of the Board and ensuring the effectiveness 

of all aspects of the Board’s role;

• providing challenge to the Executive Directors and working closely 

with the Chief Executive Officer on key strategic decisions;

• maintaining a dialogue with major shareholders on governance 

and other strategic matters, as appropriate;

• setting the Board agenda and ensuring all Directors have the 
opportunity to maximise their contribution to the Board by 
encouraging open and honest debate and constructive challenge 
of the Executive Directors; and 

• undertaking the annual evaluation of the Board and the Directors 

and building an effective Board.

On his appointment, Patrick De Smedt met the Code’s requirement 
for independence. There have been no significant changes to his other 
commitments during the year which could impact his ability to perform 
his duties for the Group.

Chief Executive Officer
The Chief Executive Officer, Andy Thorburn, is responsible for the 
implementation of the approved strategic and financial objectives of 
the Group. To assist in this, the Chief Executive Officer leads the GXT, 
which consists of the Chief Financial Officer, the Group Chief Operating 
Officer, the Chief Executive Officer of EMIS Health and Enterprise, the 
Director of EMIS-X Analytics, the Chief Executive Officer of Patient, 
the Group HR Director, the Group Chief Medical Officer, the Group 
Chief Technology Officer, the Group Business Development Director 
and Chief Technology Officer. The GXT has a monthly call with a focus 
on cross-group integration and operational performance. 

The Chief Executive Officer’s responsibilities include:

• the day-to-day running of the business, accountable to the Board 

for the Group’s financial and operational performance;

• developing and reviewing the Group strategy;

• with the Chief Financial Officer, maintaining close contact with 

shareholders, government and major customers;

• with the Chief Financial Officer, approving the divisional budgets;

• chairing the GXT to direct and co-ordinate the management of the 

BOARD GENDER

Group’s business generally;

  Male: 86%

  Female: 14%

• monitoring the performance of senior managers; and

• monitoring the Group’s principal risks.

14+14+

Chair
The roles of the Chair and the Chief Executive Officer are separate 
and defined in writing. This provides a clear division of responsibilities 
between the running of the Board and the executive responsibility for 
running the business. The key responsibilities of the Chair, the Chief 
Executive Officer and Non-executive Directors are set out below:

Patrick De Smedt, as Chair, is responsible for the leadership 
and effectiveness of the Board.

The Chair’s responsibilities include:

• chairing the Board, the nomination committee and shareholder 

meetings (including the AGM); 

52

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

Senior Independent Director
The Senior Independent Director, Andy McKeon, acts as a sounding 
board for the other Directors and conducts the Chair’s annual 
evaluation. He is also available to Directors and shareholders should a 
situation arise where it is necessary for concerns to be referred to the 
Board other than through the Chair or the Chief Executive Officer. 

Non-executive Directors 
The Non-executive Directors provide independent, constructive 
challenge and insight to the executive team forming an integral part 
of the Board’s decision-making process together with the monitoring 
of management and business performance.

The Non-executive Directors play a key role in developing and 
reviewing proposals on strategy, actively participating in the annual 
strategy forum. They strengthen governance through leading and 
participating in the Board committees, providing a wide range of 
experience and independence. This aids the Board in developing a 
broader understanding and in evaluating the implications, risks and 
consequences of decisions.

GOVERNANCE86
86
+
+
C
C
15+15+

BOARD – EXECUTIVE/
NON-EXECUTIVE 
MEMBERSHIP

  Chair – Non-executive: 1

  Executive Directors: 2

  Non-executive Directors: 4

Independence
Patrick De Smedt, Kevin Boyd, Andy McKeon, Jen Byrne and JP 
Rangaswami were considered by the Board to be independent at the 
time of their appointments. Each Non-executive Director is considered 
to be independent as to character and judgement and to be free of 
relationships and other circumstances that might impact their independence. 
The Chair and Non-executive Directors meet at least annually without 
the Executive Directors present. 

Appointments of Non-executive Directors are for specific terms 
(initially for three years) and are subject to statutory provisions relating 
to the removal of a Director.

Time commitments
The amount of time that Non-executive Directors are expected to 
commit to discharge their duties is agreed on an individual basis at the 
time of appointment and reviewed periodically thereafter. The time 
commitment agreed takes into account whether the appointee is the 
Chair or a member of a Board committee and whether the Director has 
any external executive responsibilities. Typically this equates to 
approximately two days per month for a Non-executive Director and 
four days per month for the Chair. As part of the Chair’s annual review 
of Directors’ performance it was confirmed that each of the Non-executive 
Directors continues to allocate sufficient time to discharge responsibilities 
effectively and did so throughout the year. 

Composition, succession and evaluation
Nomination committee and diversity
The nomination committee is responsible for leading the Board 
appointments process and for considering the size, structure and 
composition of the Board. Full details of the work of the committee 
are set out in the nomination committee report on pages 60 and 61.

The Board is satisfied that the size of the Board and its committees and 
the balance of Executive and Non-executive members is such that no 
individual or small group of individuals can unduly influence its decisions. 
The Board is made up of a majority of independent Non-executive 
Directors and at the date of this report, comprised the Chair, four 
independent Non-executive Directors and two Executive Directors who 
collectively possess an appropriate balance of expertise appropriate to lead 
the Group’s business. The Non-executive Directors have a broad range of 
UK and international business knowledge and experience, as well as 
specific skills in the NHS, healthcare, digital technology, finance, corporate 
transactions and risk management. A skills matrix reflecting this experience 
is included in the Directors’ biographies on page 47.

The Executive Directors do not hold any external directorships.

Annual re-election of Directors
Directors are subject to election or re-election by shareholders at each 
AGM. The nomination committee considers that all the Directors continue 
to be effective and demonstrate an appropriate commitment to their roles.

Board and committee effectiveness
The Board has extensive operational experience and many years of 
detailed knowledge of the healthcare sector. The Board also benefits 
from significant financial, transactional, risk management and public 
company expertise.

When considering Board appointments, a wide variety of factors 
is taken into account, including the balance of skills, experience, 
independence, knowledge of the Group and diversity, including gender. 

An evaluation of the performance of the Board and its committees was 
conducted in 2020 by external evaluator Independent Audit, using its 
“Thinking Board” online questionnaire. The questionnaire was circulated 
for completion by members and regular attendees of the Board and of each 
principal committee, covering all aspects of good governance. Directors were 
required to assess their satisfaction with the operation of the Board and its 
committees, as well as effectiveness of these bodies in fulfilling the key 
responsibilities set out in their respective terms of reference. The external 
evaluator presented the findings of the self-assessment to the Board in 
January 2021, which concluded that the Board meets its regulatory 
requirements and that appropriate processes are in place for setting the 
strategic direction of the Group. Board discussions are open and 
constructive, and members are encouraged to express their views in an 
independent fashion. A few themes were highlighted from the evaluation 
which the Board will focus on in 2021.

Each committee also concluded that it continued to be effective and 
that all members were considered to have made valuable contributions.

Further details of the effectiveness reviews of each committee are 
outlined in their individual reports.

Appointment and induction 
The process for the appointment of new Directors is rigorous and 
transparent. All new Directors undergo a comprehensive induction and 
development programme which is designed to help Directors to start 
to contribute positively to the Board as quickly as possible. Further 
information on appointments and induction is contained in the report 
of the nomination committee on pages 60 and 61.

Audit, risk and internal control
Audit committee composition
The committee is responsible for overseeing the Group’s external 
financial reporting and associated announcements, considering risk 
management, internal controls procedures and the work of the external 
and internal auditors. Full details of the work of the committee are set 
out in the audit committee report on pages 55 to 59.

Accountability
There are formal and transparent arrangements for considering how 
corporate reporting, risk management and internal control principles 
are applied.

The Group has a range of governance-related policies and procedures 
in place. Full details are set out on page 54.

Internal control
The Board is accountable to its shareholders and seeks to balance its 
interests with those of a broader range of stakeholders. The Board has 
ultimate responsibility for the Group’s internal control arrangements 
and for reviewing their effectiveness, which guide and direct the 
Group’s activities to support delivery of its strategic, financial, 
operational and other objectives and safeguard shareholders’ 
investment and the Group’s assets. The Board governs through clearly 
defined committee structures, which support the work of, and are 
accountable to, the Board. 

The Board recognises that a system of internal control reduces, but 
cannot eliminate, the likelihood and impact of poor judgement in 
decision making, human error, deliberate circumvention of control 
processes by employees and others, management override of controls 
and the occurrence of unforeseeable circumstances. 

The Board sets policies and seeks and obtains on an ongoing basis, 
both directly and through the audit committee, assurance regarding the 
existence and operation of appropriate internal controls to mitigate key 
strategic, financial, operational, compliance and reputational risks.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

53

30
30
+
55
+
+
55
+
C
C
Corporate governance statement continued

Audit, risk and internal control continued
Internal control continued
The Board and audit committee consider any significant control matters 
raised in reports from management, the external auditor and the Head of 
Group Internal Audit, and they monitor the progress of remedial actions.

The key features of the Group’s overall control frameworks, all of which 
were in place throughout 2020 and up to the date of approval of this 
report, are set out below:

• Delegated limits of authority in place;

• An appropriate finance function across the Group with suitably 

qualified and experienced professionals;

• A comprehensive weekly and monthly financial and operational 

performance reporting system which covers, amongst other things, 
operating results, cash flow, balance sheet information, forecasts and 
comparisons against budgets;

• Letters of representation issued to all senior management and senior 

Group finance officers in respect of key risks, internal controls, business 
relationships and financial controls for the financial year under review; 

• A control and risk self-assessment (CRSA) process which provides a 
mechanism for management to assess compliance with key controls 
across various business areas and against which Group internal audit 
independently validates management’s assessment;

• A risk management committee meeting on a regular basis to review 

performance when it meets. Summary financial information, including 
actual performance versus budget and expected future performance, 
is provided to all Board members as part of the Board papers. The 
monthly reporting cycle includes a twelve-month rolling forecast.

Policies, procedures and authorisation limits 
The programme to define, create and embed Group-wide policies in 
key areas continued throughout 2020. 

Policies and documented procedures in place include:

• Group finance manual and delegated authority limits;

• Group expenses policy;

• Group treasury policy;

• Group anti-tax evasion policy;

• Group share dealing code;

• Group anti-bribery and corruption policy; 

• Group human resource and staff welfare policies; 

• Group health, safety and environmental policies; 

• Group code of ethics and standards of business conduct; 

• Group data governance policy;

• Group information security policy;

and monitor risk and mitigating controls across the Group; and

• Group social media policy;

• Regular updates to the Board from management on property, 

• Group contract management process; 

insurance, litigation, human resources, sustainability and health 
and safety matters.

During the year the Group implemented a Group project management 
office (GPMO), which provides a robust framework for decision making 
and monitoring progress on major projects.

A change qualification process and an investment committee were also 
introduced, which operate to ensure that projects requiring resources 
are stringently reviewed and authorised where appropriate.

Segregation of duties, authorisation limits and other key internal controls 
are designed into both system-based and manual processes. These 
arrangements are reviewed periodically by management, internal quality 
assurance functions and internal audit to ensure they remain appropriate.

The Group has extensive internal quality assurance processes in critical 
areas of the business and there are functions within the Group that 
provide assurance and advice covering specialist areas, such as 
information security and clinical safety.

The Group’s businesses hold eight ISO certifications against the 
following five standards: ISO 27001: Information Security, ISO 9001: 
Quality, ISO 20000: Service Management, ISO 14001: Environmental 
and ISO 22301: Business Continuity.

A single management system covers all five standards and five of the 
eight certifications. 

Throughout 2020, the Group maintained the ISO certifications both 
in the UK and in India. In the UK, the Bolton office was successfully 
added into the scope of the EMIS Group ISO 20000 certification. 
The Group continues to review and make improvements to the 
implementation of these standards. In addition, the Group has also 
maintained the Cyber Essentials Plus certification during 2020.

In 2021, the Group plans to consolidate and update the ISO 
certifications, including bringing Pinnacle and Community Pharmacy 
under scope of the EMIS Group ISO 27001 certification.

• Group anti-fraud policy; and 

• Group whistleblowing policy.

The Group whistleblowing procedures include a confidential reporting 
hotline operated by an external, independent service provider. The 
policy and reporting hotline continue to be internally promoted. All 
employees were required to acknowledge that they have read and 
understood the policy and procedures during the year. Employees 
were also required to formally acknowledge that they have read 
and understood the social media policy and data governance policy 
and golden rules during the year.

Risk management
The approach to risk management, risk appetite and the principal risks 
themselves are set out on pages 28 to 33.

Internal audit
The Group has an established risk-based internal audit function. The 
Head of Group Internal Audit leads the team of internal auditors and 
manages a co-sourcing arrangement with Deloitte which supplements 
internal resources with specialist knowledge and expertise in areas such 
as cyber security, data privacy, clinical safety governance and culture.

The Head of Group Internal Audit reports administratively to the Chief 
Financial Officer, but operates independently and has direct and unfettered 
access to the Chair of the audit committee. These reporting lines are kept 
under constant review to ensure the function maintains its independence 
from management. The function provides regular and timely updates on its 
activities to the audit committee. The work of internal audit is further 
described in the report of the audit committee on pages 55 to 59.

Remuneration
Remuneration is addressed separately in the report of the remuneration 
committee and the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 60 to 76.

Financial planning and monitoring 
EMIS Group sets annual budgets, which are subject to Board approval, 
and also prepares five-year projections. The Board reviews business 

Christine Benson
Company Secretary
17 March 2021

54

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEReport of the audit committee

Oversight of 
the financial 
reporting 
process

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present the report of the audit committee 
for the financial year ended 31 December 2020.

The audit committee provided oversight of the financial 
reporting process in order to ensure that the information 
provided to the shareholders is fair, balanced and 
understandable and allows accurate assessment of the 
Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy.

During the year the committee also continued to oversee 
the risk management and internal control systems and 
was satisfied that the controls over the accuracy and 
consistency of information presented are robust.

2020 MEMBERSHIP AND ATTENDANCE

Number of meetings attended

Kevin Boyd (Chair)

Andy McKeon

Jen Byrne

Patrick De Smedt1

1   Patrick De Smedt was a member of the committee from the date of his 
appointment to the Board on 1 January 2020 until his appointment as 
Chair of the Board on 6 May 2020.

• Other regular attendees are the Chair of the Board, the Chief 

Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Group Finance 
Directors, the Head of Group Internal Audit, representatives from 
KPMG, the external auditor and the Company Secretary.

• The committee meets at least four times a year; it met four times 

in 2020.

• All committee members were considered independent upon 

their appointment.

• Kevin Boyd is considered to have recent and relevant financial 

experience.

• The committee as a whole has significant experience relevant 

to the industry sector the Group operates in.

KEY RESPONSIBILITIES
The committee reviews its terms of reference on an annual basis. 
These describe the committee’s responsibilities in detail and they 
are available on the Group’s website.

The committee assists the Board in meeting its responsibilities 
relating to financial reporting and internal control and risk 
management. It provides oversight and ensures that formal and 
transparent arrangements are in place in the following areas:

• Financial reporting, which includes responsibility for reviewing 

the year-end and half year financial reports;

• Oversight of the external audit process and management of 

the relationship with the Group’s external auditor;

• Risk management and related controls and compliance;

• Internal audit, including monitoring of the Group’s internal audit 

function, its processes and findings; and

• Provision of whistleblowing facilities and prevention of bribery 

and other types of fraud and corruption.

The committee acknowledges and embraces its role in protecting 
the interests of shareholders. It also considers the interests of other 
stakeholders and it is committed to monitoring the integrity of the 
Group’s reporting.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

55

Report of the audit committee continued

KEY ACTIVITIES IN 2020

Financial reporting

• Reviewed the full year results including the annual report and accounts, the 

preliminary results statement and the report from the external auditor.

• Reviewed the half year results statement.

• Assisted the Board in ensuring that the annual report is fair, balanced and 

understandable.

• Reviewed the going concern assumption when considering the half year and final 

results statement and also considered longer-term viability.

• Assessed and considered the potential impact on the business of Covid-19.

• Considered the appropriateness of accounting policies, critical accounting 

judgements and key sources of estimation of uncertainty.

External audit

• Reviewed and approved the 2020 audit plan and strategy including fees.

• Assessed the effectiveness of the external audit process. 

• Agreed appropriateness of remuneration in respect of audit and non-audit services.

Internal audit

• Reviewed the key findings from internal audit reports conducted during 2020.

• Monitored progress against the 2020 approved internal audit plan.

• Reviewed and approved the scope and areas of focus for year three (2021) of 

the approved three-year internal audit plan (2019–2021).

Risk and internal control

• Monitored and assessed the Group’s risk management process.

• Confirmed the Group’s risk appetite.

• Monitored developments in the Group’s risk management processes by reviewing 
minutes and action plans from operational risk management committee meetings 
and reviewing risk KPIs.

• Assisted the Board in its assessment of the Group’s principal risks and emerging risks 
and its review of the effectiveness of risk management and internal control processes.

• Reviewed detailed information security and business continuity reports and action 

plans from operational management.

• Received progress reports from senior management in respect of key internal 

projects, including support improvements and cyber security.

• Monitored and reviewed the effectiveness of the Group’s internal audit and 

finance functions.

Compliance

• Reviewed the Group’s whistleblowing arrangements, confirming that they are  

operating effectively.

• Monitored anti-bribery and corruption training results.

• Reviewed and approved the Group’s treasury policy.

• Reviewed the committee’s terms of reference.

56

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEComposition and governance
Patrick De Smedt was appointed as a Non-executive Director and 
member of the committee on 1 January 2020. In line with the Code, 
Patrick De Smedt was only a member of the committee up to his 
appointment as Board Chair on 6 May 2020. The Board evaluates 
committee membership on an annual basis. Biographical details of the 
Directors are set out on pages 46 and 47. Further information on the 
composition of the Board can be found on page 53. 

The Board believes that the current members have sufficient skills, 
qualifications and experience to discharge their duties in accordance 
with the committee’s terms of reference and as a committee has the 
appropriate understanding of the sector within which the Group operates.

All Board members attend each committee meeting. The committee 
meets with KPMG biannually without Executive management present, 
to discuss matters relating to its remit and any issues relating to the 
audit. I also meet regularly with the Chief Financial Officer, the Head of 
Group Internal Audit and the lead KMPG partner outside the formal 
meetings to ensure that any areas for discussion are dealt with on a 
timely basis.

Committee evaluation
The audit committee undertakes an annual evaluation of its 
performance and effectiveness. For 2020 an external evaluation was 
carried out by way of an online questionnaire which was circulated for 
completion by members and regular attendees. The external evaluator 
presented the findings of the self-assessment to the committee in 
January 2021, which concluded that the committee had performed 
effectively and that the skills and experience of the members remained 
relevant. No areas of concern were highlighted during this review 
although a number of recommendations were made to improve the 
committee’s effectiveness. 

Financial reporting
Since the audit committee last reported, it has reviewed the full year 
results including the annual report and accounts, the preliminary results 
statement and the report from the external auditor. In reviewing the 
statements and determining whether they were fair, balanced and 
understandable, the committee considered the work and recommendations 
of management as well as the report from the external auditor. The 
committee also reviewed the half year results statement.

The committee considered the appropriateness of accounting policies, 
critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation 
uncertainty. To do this, the committee reviewed information provided 
by the Chief Financial Officer and reports from the external auditor 
setting out its views on the accounting treatments and judgements in 
the 2020 financial statements. In preparing the 2020 financial 
statements, no judgements or significant estimates have been made in 
the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies that could have 
a material effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements. 
Other areas of estimation are detailed below.

Sources of estimation uncertainty
In applying the Group’s accounting policies, various estimates are made 
in arriving at the amounts recognised in the financial statements. There 
are no sources of estimation uncertainty at 31 December 2020 that 
have a significant risk of resulting in a material change to the carrying 
value of assets and liabilities within the next year. A source of 
estimation uncertainty is in respect of capitalised development costs 
where the committee is updated at least twice a year on the carrying 
value, including detail on projects underway and projects completed, 
with the largest carrying values relating to the Group’s EMIS-X product. 

The committee is satisfied that an asset is only recognised when the 
criteria of IAS 38 are met, including the demonstration of technical 
feasibility, the existence of a market and the availability of resources to 
complete the project. Based on their knowledge of the products, and the 
markets in which EMIS Group operates, the committee is in agreement 
with the estimates of Useful Economic Life (UEL) over which capitalised 
development expenditure is amortised. The UEL is different for each 
unique product and reviewed every six months for appropriateness. 
Amortisation is accelerated if the UEL is assessed to be shorter than 
was previously expected.

Further details are set out in note 2 to the accounts.

The source of estimation uncertainty previously reported in relation 
to the fair value of the financial liability representing the put option in 
place over the 10% of share capital of Dovetail Digital Limited not 
owned by the Group has been removed following the acquisition of 
the remaining 10% of share capital on 15 October 2020.

Going concern
The committee reviewed papers from management on going concern 
assumptions when considering half year and final results statements 
and on long-term viability when considering the final results statement. 
This included an assessment of the potential impact from Covid-19-
related lockdown restrictions in the first quarter of 2021, as set out in 
the viability statement on page 80. Internal financial projections and the 
results of stress testing the financial models were taken into account.

External audit
In accordance with its terms of reference, the committee annually 
reviews the audit requirements of the Group and the effectiveness and 
independence of the incumbent external auditor prior to any decision 
to re-appoint.

The committee meets regularly with the external auditor, both with 
and without management present.

The committee is responsible for ensuring that the independence 
of the Group’s external auditor is not compromised or put at risk of 
compromise. The committee reviews, challenges and approves both the 
annual audit plan and output from the audit process as part of assessing 
the auditor’s expertise and performance.

External auditor effectiveness review 
The auditor is considered to be effective in the performance of its 
duties. The committee uses an annual questionnaire-based approach to 
gather the opinions of Directors and senior management, with findings 
(and areas for improvement) shared with the auditor. The external 
auditor regularly provides information relevant to assuring us about its 
own independence, objectivity and compliance with regulatory and 
ethical standards.

Provision of non-audit services by the external auditor 
The audit committee monitors the nature and extent of non-audit 
services provided by the external auditor. The committee is consulted 
prior to engagement of the external auditor for non-audit work and 
formally approves all non-audit services. Consideration is given to any 
perceived threat to independence prior to the procurement of 
non-audit services from the external auditor, with other external 
advisers used where appropriate. 

A summary of fees paid to KPMG for audit and non-audit services 
during the year ended 31 December 2020 is provided in note 6 to the 
financial statements on page 99. Fees for non-audit services continue 
to be considerably below the 70% cap of the average audit fees for the 
preceding three-year period as required by EU audit legislation.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

57

Report of the audit committee continued

External auditor effectiveness review

Qualification  
and expertise

Independence  
and objectivity

Planning and 
organisation

Resources

Non-audit  
services review

Quality

The committee considers that the 
external auditor has appropriate 
resources and expertise to conduct 
the audit.

Non-audit services provided by 
KPMG were reviewed and are not 
considered to have affected the 
auditor’s independence.

The committee considered there to 
be an effective audit planning 
process in place.

The committee also considered the 
quality of external auditor reporting 
(including recommendations) to  
be appropriate.

Internal audit
EMIS Group maintains an in-house internal audit function, co-sourced 
with an external audit services provider, which objectively reviews the 
Group’s internal control processes in accordance with the audit charter. 
The charter was reviewed and approved by the committee in 2018 and 
it remained in place and relevant in 2020.

The committee previously approved a three-year risk-based audit plan 
to run from 2019 through to 2021. The final year of this plan covering 
2021 was reviewed, amended as required and approved during the 
year. Internal audit’s resources are kept under constant review, and the 
current combination of internal staff and a co-sourced internal audit 
agreement with Deloitte was felt to be appropriate and sufficient to 
obtain adequate assurance over the Group’s internal controls and key 
risks. The co-source arrangement ensures enhanced audit coverage of 
technical and specialist areas, such as clinical safety, data governance 
and cyber security. 

During 2020, the Group introduced a CRSA process to further embed 
awareness and responsibility for control and risk within the business. 
This annual assessment covered key business areas across the Group 
including functions such as finance, human resources, clinical safety, 
software development and Group support operations. The results of 
the first assessment were reported to the committee in December 
2020 and a plan of action for continuous improvement was approved, 
supported by internal audit reviews commencing in 2021. 

The original three-year internal audit plan for 2019 to 2021 was 
formulated utilising input from the Board and committee members, the 
Group’s external auditor and the internal audit co-source partner and 
using output from the risk management process. The plan remains 
flexible and includes time for ad hoc investigations and other high-risk 
assurance work as it arises and as agreed by the committee. The audit 
plan for 2021 includes key risk areas such as cyber security, business 
continuity planning, clinical safety, succession planning, cloud security, 
software development and the environment along with a range of 
financial risk areas such as procurement, capital expenditure and 
month-end reporting at all locations across the Group including India.

The next three-year internal audit plan covering 2022 to 2024 will be 
presented to the Board and committee members for approval during 2021.

The Head of Group Internal Audit maintains independence through 
direct access to me, without the need to refer to Executive 
management. He attends audit committee meetings by invitation and 
reports to the committee on internal audit, risk management and 
corporate governance matters. I periodically meet with him without 
management being present. 

Risk management
The committee is responsible for monitoring and developing the 
effectiveness of risk management and internal control systems on 
behalf of the Board.

The Group has a Board-approved risk management policy and operates 
a structured risk management process with oversight from the RMC, 
which met monthly in 2020 but now meets fortnightly and includes the 
Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer. The committee 
reviews action plans from the RMC meetings.

During the year, the committee continued to monitor the Group’s risk 
appetite, which remains unchanged. 

The committee reviewed the Group’s principal risks to ensure they are 
being adequately captured and reported to the Board and that the risk 
disclosures in the annual report are appropriate. The RMC is the 
recognised forum for identifying, assessing and reporting on any 
significant emerging risks facing the Group. Emerging risks are risks that 
are particularly uncertain and difficult to quantify but which have the 
potential to become more significant over time. They usually have 
longer expected timelines than principal risks or other risks detailed in 
the risk registers and the potential impact can increase quickly.

For full details of the risk management process, principal risks and risk 
appetite statements of the Group, see pages 28 to 33.

58

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEAuditor rotation timeline
The Company is excluded from the provisions of the EU Audit Directive and Regulation on the grounds that it is AIM quoted. 

However, we aim to voluntarily meet the regulatory requirements as a matter of good practice. KPMG has been the Group’s external 
auditor since 2013 with the current partner, Fran Simpson, appointed in 2018. Under the EU Audit Directive and Regulation, the Company 
would not be required to put the external audit out to tender until 2023.

2013:  
KPMG appointed

2018:  
Partner rotation  
– Fran Simpson took over from 
John Pass after five years

2023: 
Competitive tender unless 
specific circumstances 
require an earlier tender

Effectiveness of internal control arrangements 
On behalf of the Board the committee reviews the Group’s internal 
control arrangements, as set out in the corporate governance report, 
including operational, financial and compliance controls. This review 
comprises both examination of particular areas of interest and also 
regular status updates received from senior management and internal 
audit at each of the committee’s meetings.

Areas that have been considered throughout the year, and 
subsequently, include the following:

• Suitability and effectiveness of core financial systems in place across 

the Group;

• Reviewing the Group’s IT-related internal control arrangements and 

any actions proposed to continue to strengthen this position;

• Receiving updates on business continuity plans in place across key 

areas of the Group;

• Reviewing the Group’s confidential reporting (whistleblowing) 
arrangements and any matters raised through this process;

• Following up on internal control reports and action plans from the 

Group’s external and internal auditors;

• Reviewing and approving its own terms of reference;

• Reviewing the Group’s control and risk self-assessment process 

and findings;

• Receiving updates and monitoring progress on the status of issues 

raised in internal audit reports; and

• Assessing and validating management representations.

The committee is satisfied that appropriate actions have been taken to 
remedy any significant weaknesses or failures identified as a result of 
these or other review processes and has reported such to the Board.

The committee’s action plan for 2021
Looking ahead to 2021, the committee’s focus will remain on the 
key audit and assurance areas of the business, and on its oversight of 
financial and other regulatory requirements. The action plan for 2021 
will focus on:

• Reviewing and making recommendations in relation to the statutory, 

preliminary and half year financial results;

• Overseeing key financial policies and practices;

• Assessing the effectiveness of the internal audit function and 

monitoring its annual plan; 

• Reviewing corporate governance policy and procedure including the 

whistleblowing and anti-bribery and corruption policies and procedures; 

• Undertaking a thorough review of the annual report and accounts 

and ensuring that the narrative messages are consistent and 
accurately reflect the financial statements and that the information 
as a whole is fair, balanced and understandable; and

• Assessing the appropriateness and effectiveness of the risk 

management process, including overseeing management letters 
of representation and control and risk self-assessment.

Kevin Boyd
Chair of the audit committee
17 March 2021

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

59

Report of the 
nomination committee

A focus on 
composition 
and succession 
planning

Dear Shareholder
I am pleased to present our report for the year ended 
31 December 2020, which summarises our membership 
and activities during the year.

Board composition and succession planning
The committee continues its focus on Board composition 
and succession planning, including a review of the skills 
and experience needed to ensure a robust and sustainable 
leadership model for the Board, its committees and the 
wider management team.

The committee plays a vital role in ensuring the effectiveness 
of the Board and its ability to deliver long-term success for 
the business, including having the appropriate balance of 
skills, experience and knowledge on the Board to both reflect 
the changing needs of the business and anticipate and 
prepare for the future.

2020 MEMBERSHIP AND ATTENDANCE

Number of meetings attended1

Patrick De Smedt (Chair)2

Kevin Boyd

Andy McKeon

Jen Byrne

Mike O’Leary3

1  There were three scheduled committee meetings and one ad hoc meeting.

2  Patrick De Smedt took over as Chair on 6 May 2020.

3   Mike O’Leary retired from the Board and as Chair of the nomination 

committee on 6 May 2020.

• Other regular attendees are the Chief Executive Officer, 

Chief Financial Officer and Company Secretary.

• The committee meets at least twice a year; it met four  

times in 2020.

• All committee members were considered independent upon  

their appointment.

• The committee Chair provided a verbal update to the Board 

following each committee meeting.

• Non-executive Directors are appointed by a letter of appointment 
and details of their terms and those of the Executive Directors 
are set out in the Directors’ remuneration report. 

KEY RESPONSIBILITIES
The committee’s responsibilities are set out in its terms of 
reference, which are reviewed annually. The terms of reference 
can be found on the Group’s website at www.emisgroupplc.com. 

The committee is responsible for:

• Ensuring that the balance of Directors on the Board remains 

appropriate as the Group develops to ensure that the business 
can compete effectively in the marketplace; 

• Identifying and nominating candidates to fill Board vacancies as 

and when they arise;

• Evaluation of the balance of skills, knowledge, experience and 

diversity of the Board to ensure the optimum mix; and

• Consideration of the succession planning for Directors and senior 

managers to ensure that there is a pipeline of high-calibre 
candidates and that succession is managed smoothly.

GOVERNANCEKEY ACTIVITIES IN 2020

Succession planning

• Review of succession plans for Executive Directors, GXT and critical positions.

• Review of development plans for senior management.

Board and committee composition

• Review of Board and committee composition and in particular the skills 

and experience required for new Non-executive Directors. 

• Search process undertaken for an additional Non-executive Director.

• Recommended the appointment of JP Rangaswami as a Non-executive Director.

• Recommended the re-appointment of Kevin Boyd for a further three-year term.

Governance

• Reviewed the committee’s terms of reference.

• Reviewed the time commitment required for Non-executive Directors.

• Carried out an external committee evaluation.

New Non-executive Director appointment
Having reviewed the balance of skills and pipeline of the Board, it was 
agreed that a search for a new Non-executive Director be undertaken. 
Spencer Stuart was engaged to assist with the search for an additional 
Non-executive Director and the committee prepared a description of 
the role and the capability required for the role.

A detailed search and selection process then followed. A wide range 
of candidates with a strong representation from a gender and ethnic 
diversity perspective was assessed against the agreed criteria, with a 
thorough process resulting in a shortlist of preferred candidates, which 
was given final consideration by the committee. The committee 
subsequently made recommendations to the Board, culminating with 
the appointment of JP Rangaswami as Non-executive Director with 
effect from 1 March 2021, subject to election by shareholders at the 
forthcoming AGM on 6 May 2021. Details of the experience and skills 
that JP Rangaswami brings to the Board can be found on page 47.

Diversity
The committee recognises the importance of a diverse Board and is 
mindful of the issue of Board diversity in its succession plans. It also 
acknowledges the importance of ensuring that the selection of 
Directors and, in a wider context, employees throughout the Group 
should be based upon a range of factors including skills, experience, 
qualifications, background and values. Accordingly, all vacancies are 
filled taking into account these wider factors and are not based to a 
disproportionate extent on any one factor such as gender or ethnicity. 

Diversity of the Board was a key consideration for the committee 
during the year but the committee acknowledges that the Board’s 
composition is not yet as diverse as it should be. In order to bring the 
widest range of perspectives to the Group, diversity should remain a 
key factor in determining appropriate nominations, which will help to 
promote creativity, innovation, debate, understanding and ultimately 
better overall decision making.

Director induction process
Following the appointment of any new Director, a full, formal and 
customised induction to the Group is delivered. On appointment, the 
Company Secretary provides information on the Group’s business, including:

• Board and relevant committee minutes and Board papers from 

the last six months;

• Key policies, procedures and governance information about the 
Group, including the whistleblowing policy, anti-bribery and 
corruption policy, code of ethics and standards of business policy 
and share dealing code;

• Analysis of the Company’s key shareholders and share capital;

• Guidance for Directors on their legal and regulatory responsibilities 

in an AIM-quoted company;

• Guidance on corporate governance and Board effectiveness; and

• Relevant information in the healthcare arena.

As part of the induction process the new Director will:

• Attend business briefings with the Chief Executive and the 

Chief Financial Officer;

• Attend meetings with other members of the GXT; and

• Visit all principal UK sites when appropriate to do so.

Further to the appointment of JP Rangaswami, a full, formal 
and customised induction is being carried out.

Committee evaluation
The nomination committee undertakes an annual evaluation of its 
performance and effectiveness. In 2020 an external evaluation was 
carried out by way of an online questionnaire. The external evaluator 
presented the findings of the self assessment to the committee, which 
concluded that there were no areas of concern highlighted during this 
review although a number of recommendations were made to improve 
the committee’s effectiveness. It was agreed that continued focus on 
diversity be a priority for 2021.

Patrick De Smedt
Chair of the nomination committee
17 March 2021

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

61

Report of the remuneration committee

Committed to 
best practice

Dear Shareholder
On behalf of the Board I am pleased to present the Directors’ remuneration 
report for the year ended 31 December 2020. This report is divided into 
three sections: my letter, our proposed new 2021 remuneration policy, 
which includes changes to pension contributions and post-employment 
shareholding guidelines, and the annual report on remuneration, showing 
how our current policy was applied during the year, outcomes for our 
Executive Directors and our intentions for 2021.

The remuneration report will be presented at the AGM on 6 May 2021 
by way of an advisory vote.

Corporate performance
2020 has been another year of positive progress for the Group. While 
Covid-19 presented unprecedented challenges to the healthcare sector, 
it has led to a more rapid adoption of technology that is here to stay. 

EMIS Group delivered a resilient financial performance during the 
period, with revenue and adjusted operating profit at very similar levels 
to 2019, while reported operating profit grew strongly with increased 
dividends for the tenth consecutive year. Over the year we increased 
our cash position by 70%. No employees have been furloughed.

The committee has taken overall Group performance including the 
experience of shareholders and other stakeholders into consideration 
when determining remuneration matters for 2020 and 2021.

Remuneration for 2020
Executive Directors were eligible to receive a bonus depending 
primarily on the level of Group adjusted profit achieved. Performance 
targets also included other financial and strategic measures. Performance 
met the on-target levels and the remuneration committee therefore 
approved the payment of bonuses of 50% of salary to Andy Thorburn 
and Peter Southby. The bonuses are lower than those for 2019.

In 2020 the Group granted LTIP awards to support and incentivise 
effective implementation of our published strategy. The structure, 
amounts and performance targets for these awards were included in 
the Directors’ remuneration report, which was approved by shareholders 
at the AGM in May 2020 with a majority of 85.34% of the votes cast.

The 2018 LTIP performance conditions were partially met, which will 
result in a vesting of 41.8% of the total award on the third anniversary 
of the award. 

Further details about the variable pay awards are set out in the 
Directors’ remuneration report on pages 65 to 76. 

Discretion
I can confirm that, having reviewed the Company’s and Executive 
Directors’ performance in the round, the committee did not make 
use of its discretionary powers in 2020.

Changes to remuneration policy for 2021
The committee reviewed the current policy and determined that the 
following changes be made to align EMIS with recent best practice 
market developments and the 2018 Code, specifically:

• Incumbent Executive Directors’ employer pension contributions will 
be capped at the 2020 cash amount for the next two years and by 
2023 their employer pension contributions as a percentage of salary 
will be aligned to the wider workforce; and 

• Introduction of a post-employment shareholding requirement for a 

period of one year at the level of the share ownership requirement or, 
if lower, the shareholding at the date of leaving. The post-
employment shareholding requirement applies to shares vesting (net 
of tax) from awards granted from 2021 onwards only. 

Implementation of policy for 2021
Salary increases will be applied for lower paid employees and, other than 
this, salary increases have been limited to those being promoted, taking on 
increased responsibilities or to address a market relativity issue. A 0.5% 
employer pension contribution increase has also been provided to the 
lower grades of the wider workforce, taking the minimum level to 5.5%. 
This is part of a plan to align employer contribution across EMIS grades.

Andy Thorburn and Peter Southby will not be awarded a salary increase 
in 2021. Pension contributions for the Executive Directors will be 
capped as noted above. 

There will be no increases to Non-executive Directors’ fees in 2021.

62

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEWe have reviewed the bonus arrangements for Executive Directors 
and the senior management team. Important factors in our deliberations 
included EMIS’s strategy and the need to keep our Executives incentivised 
in line with market expectations. The committee decided to make use 
of the maximum potential afforded by our remuneration policy to set 
bonus levels for 2021 at 150% of salary for Executive Directors and, 
while continuing primarily to set targets according to adjusted profit, to 
incorporate other financial and strategic performance measures. Major 
shareholders were consulted on these changes early in 2021. Adjusted 
profit and other financial measures will continue to account for 80% of 
the bonus opportunity. Target bonus levels remain at 50% of maximum. 
The maximum bonus will only be paid in the event of extremely high 
levels of performance. The committee intends to introduce an ESG 
measure into variable pay in 2022.

In line with arrangements approved by shareholders in 2019 an 
ordinary LTIP award of 150% of salary for Andy Thorburn and 100% 
for Peter Southby will be granted in 2021. The award will vest in three 
years’ time subject to the achievement of performance conditions. 
Targets and further details of the 2021 awards are set out on page 76. 
From January 2021 the benefit to the wider UK workforce (including 
the Executive Directors) under the SIP was increased, now providing 
one matching share for every two shares purchased by employees 
(previously one matching share for every three purchased). There will 
be a free share award to all eligible UK employees in April 2021, for 
those with more than six months’ service.

UK Corporate Governance Code
The Company is quoted on AIM and adopts the Code. We remain 
committed to best practice in remuneration policy and have clearly 
defined terms of reference which are reviewed annually and listed on 
our website at www.emisgroupplc.com/investors. The committee 
reviewed its compliance with the Code and concluded that the 
remuneration arrangements complied with the Code other than on two 
aspects, namely pension alignment and post-employment shareholding 
requirements. As noted above changes to the policy are proposed to 
address these issues.

Gender pay reporting
Information on the GPG for 2019 was published in 2020 and showed a 
mean gap of 10.3% (a 39% reduction from the previous year) for EMIS 
Group. After an analysis of the data, further improvement plans were 
implemented which included expanding the returners’ programme, which 
is aimed to support those returning from long-term leave through 
continuous development. GPG data for 2020 has just been published 
showing a further drop of the mean gap from the previous year to 6.4%. 
Work is now underway to agree plans for the next year to reduce the 
GPG further. The women’s network will lead any activity and is looking, 
as an example, at interventions which will support women at EMIS 
with the physical and emotional impact of the menopause and wider 
understanding of this amongst the line manager population. 

Committee effectiveness
An external annual effectiveness review was carried out in 2020 by 
way of an online questionnaire which was circulated for completion by 
members and regular attendees. The external evaluator presented the 
findings of the self-assessment to the committee in January 2021, which 
concluded that the committee continued to operate effectively. No 
areas of concern were highlighted during the review, although it was 
noted that it was time to review the remuneration strategy and more 
could be done to align it with EMIS’s overall strategy.

On behalf of the committee I hope that you will support the resolution 
to be presented at the AGM in May 2021.

Andy McKeon
Chair of the remuneration committee
17 March 2021

2020 MEMBERSHIP AND ATTENDANCE

Number of meetings attended

Andy McKeon (Chair)

Patrick De Smedt

Kevin Boyd

Jen Byrne

• Other attendees to committee meetings by invitation include 
the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Group HR 
Director and Company Secretary.

• Representatives from Mercer Limited, EMIS Group’s principal 

external adviser, attend on invitation.

• The committee meets at least twice a year. It met four times in 2020.

• All committee members were considered independent upon 

their appointment.

KEY RESPONSIBILITIES
The committee is responsible for:

• Oversight of overall remuneration policy issues for the Group, 

including gender pay reporting and adherence to legal obligations 
such as the National Minimum Wage;

• Determining the framework for remuneration of the Company’s 
Executive Directors, the Chair of the Board and other members 
of the senior management team;

• Determining the policy for pension and benefits arrangements for 

each Executive Director and other senior executives;

• Approving the design of, and determining targets for, any 

performance-related pay schemes operated by the Group and 
approving the total annual payments made under such schemes;

• Reviewing the design of all share incentive plans for approval by 
the Board and shareholders and determining each year whether 
awards will be made and, if so, the overall amount of such awards, 
the individual awards to Executive Directors and other senior 
executives and the performance targets to be used;

• Reviewing and noting annually the remuneration arrangements, 

policies and trends across the Group; and

• Reviewing annually the terms of reference for the committee.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

63

Report of the remuneration committee continued

KEY ACTIVITIES IN 2020

Directors’ remuneration

• Evaluated Directors’ remuneration.

Executive remuneration

• Reviewed the 2019 Directors’ remuneration report prior to its approval by the 

Board and subsequent approval by shareholders at the 2020 AGM.

• Considered pension contributions and post-employment shareholding requirements.

• Reviewed the GXT’s remuneration packages and wider remuneration across 

the Group with the aim of recognising best practice, aligning with shareholder 
objectives and encouraging behaviours to maintain the long-term success of 
the business.

• Reviewed Group performance against the 2019 annual bonus plan targets and set 

metrics to apply to the 2020 bonus plan.

• Reviewed LTIP criteria and approved the 2020 awards. 

• Reviewed performance for LTIP awards granted in 2017.

Human resources and policy

• Reviewed the GPG analysis.

• Considered the policies and incentives implemented across the Group in the last 

twelve months.

• Considered the benefit of the SIP and agreed to increase the matching shares from 
one matching share for every three purchased to one matching share for every 
two purchased from January 2021. 

Governance

• Undertook a comprehensive review of the remuneration policy.

• Considered compliance with the Code.

• Reviewed the committee’s terms of reference.

• Carried out an external committee evaluation.

64

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEDirectors’ remuneration report
Directors’ remuneration policy 

The remuneration policy aims to ensure that members of the Board and Executive management are provided with appropriate incentives to 
encourage enhanced performance and are, in a fair and responsible manner, rewarded for their contribution to the success of the Group. The 
policy outlined on pages 65 to 71 will apply from 6 May 2021. The main changes from the existing policy relate to pensions, post-employment 
shareholding and the terms of the SIP which applied to all staff from January 2021. 

Policy table
The policy table below summarises the key components of remuneration for Executive Directors:

Element

Base salary

To recognise the individual’s 
skills and experience and 
provide a competitive base 
reward to attract and retain 
Executive Directors.

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Base salaries are usually reviewed 
annually, taking into account the 
individual’s performance, responsibility, 
skills and experience; Group performance 
and market conditions; salary levels for 
similar roles at relevant comparators 
(including companies of a similar size and 
sector); and pay levels and percentage 
salary increases across the wider employee 
population. There is no set maximum. 

Any changes will normally take effect 
from 1 April each year. 

None.

While there is no maximum salary, any 
increase will typically be in line with 
those awarded to the wider employee 
population. The committee has 
discretion to award higher increases 
in circumstances that it considers 
appropriate such as:

• A material change in the size or 
complexity of the business or 
responsibility of the role;

• Development in the role;

• Changes in market practice; and

• Moving the salary of a newly 

appointed Executive Director to be 
aligned with a market competitive 
range over time.

Details of salary changes will be 
disclosed in the annual report in 
the relevant year.

Pension

To provide a market 
competitive retirement 
benefit.

The Group makes contributions to 
the private pension schemes or other 
appropriate arrangements for the 
Executive Directors. The committee has 
discretion to authorise cash payments in 
lieu of pension contribution. Such a 
payment would not count for bonus or 
LTIP purposes.

Executive Directors receive a 
contribution or cash payment in lieu of 
up to 15% of their 2020 base salary. 
This is capped for 2021 and 2022 and 
thereafter employer pension 
contributions will be aligned to the wider 
workforce. Pension contributions for any 
new Executive Directors will be no 
higher than those for other senior staff. 

None.

Share Incentive Plan (SIP)

To provide market 
competitive benefits.

Open to all UK tax resident employees of 
participating Group companies with at least 
six months’ service. 

The plan is an HMRC tax qualifying plan 
that allows an employee to purchase 
shares using gross pay. If an employee 
agrees to purchase shares, the Group 
matches purchased shares with an award 
of matching shares which are subject to 
continued employment for three years. 
Dividends accrue on purchased shares 
and matching shares and are reinvested 
into additional shares.

From time to time, EMIS Group may offer 
all employees free share awards up to the 
HMRC approved limits. 

Participants can purchase shares up to 
the limits allowed by the legislation from 
time to time (currently up to £1,800 per 
tax year).

None.

Matching shares may be awarded up to 
the limits allowed by the legislation from 
time to time.

The Company currently offers to match 
purchases made through the plan at the 
rate of one free matching share for 
every two shares purchased (previously 
one free matching share for every three 
shares purchased). 

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

65

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Policy table continued

Element

Benefits

To provide market 
competitive benefits.

Annual bonus

To provide an incentive 
to drive the Executive 
Directors to deliver 
stretching performance 
and growth.

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Benefits may include, but are not limited 
to, a car allowance and life insurance. 
Executives Directors are eligible for any 
benefits offered to the wider workforce 
in their geography.

In certain circumstances, the committee 
may also approve the provision of 
additional allowances relating to the 
relocation of an Executive Director and 
other expatriate benefits to perform his 
or her role.

None.

While no maximum level of benefits has 
been set, the value of benefits provided 
is set at a level which the committee 
considers to be appropriately 
positioned taking into account the role 
and individual circumstances; benefits 
provided are reviewed periodically.

Benefits in respect of the year under 
review are disclosed in the annual 
report on remuneration.

Performance measures, targets and 
weightings are set by the committee 
at the start of the bonus period.

For Executive Directors, the maximum 
annual bonus opportunity is up to 
150% of base salary. 

For target performance, the bonus 
level is up to 50% of the maximum 
payable for the year. Threshold 
payments are no more than 25% of 
the maximum payable for the year.

At the end of each bonus period, the 
committee determines the extent to 
which targets have been achieved. The 
committee has the discretion to adjust 
the formulaic bonus outcomes both 
upwards (within the plan limits) and 
downwards to ensure that payments 
accurately reflect business performance 
over the performance period, e.g. in the 
event of unforeseen circumstances 
outside of management control.

At the discretion of the committee, 
Executive Directors may be required to 
invest up to 40% of any after tax amount 
in shares, to be held until the minimum 
shareholding requirement is met. 

Bonuses are subject to clawback for 
a period of one year after award.

Performance is usually 
assessed on an annual 
basis, using a combination 
of the Group’s main KPIs 
for the year. Measures may 
include financial and 
non-financial metrics as 
well as the achievement 
of strategic and personal 
objectives. A minimum of 
80% of the bonus will be 
determined by financial 
objectives. The principal 
financial performance 
measure currently assessed 
is Group adjusted profit; 
however, the committee 
has the discretion to adjust 
performance measures and 
weightings to ensure that 
they continue to be 
linked to the delivery 
of Group strategy.

The range of performance 
required under each 
measure is calibrated with 
reference to external 
expectations and the 
Group’s internal budgets. 
Any personal element is 
based on the strength of 
the Executive Director’s 
personal performance over 
the course of the year 
against agreed objectives.

66

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEElement

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) 

Ordinarily a single award of up to 200% of 
base salary which normally vests after 
three years may be awarded. In respect of 
2021, this award will be 150% of salary 
for the Chief Executive Officer and 100% 
for the Chief Financial Officer. Each year 
the committee determines the maximum 
LTIP opportunity, the measurement 
period and the threshold level. Threshold 
performance will result in up to 25% of 
maximum vesting for the period set, rising 
to full vesting for maximum levels of 
performance in accordance with the 
targets set by the committee for the 
period in question.

Awards vest subject to 
performance measure(s) 
based on key financial 
metrics which may include, 
for example, measures 
based on EPS and absolute 
or relative growth in 
share price.

The committee has 
discretion to adjust the 
choice of performance 
measures and weightings to 
ensure that they continue 
to be linked to the delivery 
of Group strategy.

The committee has the 
discretion to adjust 
formulaic LTIP outcomes 
to ensure that payments 
accurately reflect business 
performance over the 
performance period.

To drive sustained business 
performance, aid retention 
and align the interest of 
Executive Directors 
with shareholders.

Awards are made in the form of 
conditional share awards, or nil-cost 
options which vest subject to the 
achievement of pre-defined performance 
conditions normally measured over a 
three-year period.

At the start of each performance period, 
the committee reviews the award levels 
and performance conditions to ensure 
they remain appropriate and sets 
performance targets which it considers 
to be appropriately stretching. 

Following the end of the performance 
period, and the vesting of any awards, 
a two-year “holding period” applies. 
This may be structured as either: (1) a 
requirement that the Executive Directors 
retain for the holding period the shares 
they acquire, subject to being permitted 
to dispose of shares to meet any resultant 
tax liability; or (2) a restriction that 
prevents the Executive Directors from 
exercising any vested share awards until 
the end of the holding period. Where the 
holding period is operated on the latter 
basis, the committee may make additional 
payment (in cash or additional shares) in 
respect of shares that vest to reflect the 
value of dividends which would have 
been paid on these shares during the 
period beginning with the date of vesting 
and ending with the date on which the 
share award may be exercised (and this 
payment may assume that the dividends 
were reinvested in additional shares on 
such basis as the committee may 
determine). Where awards vest over 
a longer period than three years, the 
holding period will be reduced so that the 
maximum period between an award and 
the right to dispose of shares will be five 
years. During the holding period the shares 
are not subject to performance conditions.

LTIP awards are subject to clawback 
for a period of up to two years 
following vesting.

Share ownership requirements

To ensure alignment of the 
long-term interests of 
Executive Directors 
and shareholders.

Executive Directors are required to 
acquire a minimum shareholding 
equivalent to 200% of base salary for 
the Chief Executive Officer and 100% of 
salary for the Chief Financial Officer. 
Executive Directors are required to retain 
shares acquired under the LTIP (subject 
to sales to cover tax liabilities) until they 
have satisfied the guideline.

Not applicable.

None.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

67

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Policy table continued

Element

Operation

Opportunity

Performance metrics

Post-employment share ownership requirements

To ensure alignment of the 
long-term interests of EMIS 
and its shareholders 
post-employment.

Executive Directors are required to hold 
the lower of their share ownership 
requirement or their shareholding at the 
date of leaving. This applies for a period 
of one year post-employment. The 
requirement applies to shares vesting (net 
of tax) from awards granted from 2021 
onwards only. 

Not applicable.

None.

Notes to the policy table
Performance measurement selection
The aim of the bonus plan is to reward key Executives over and above base salary for the achievement of business objectives. The bonus criteria 
are selected annually to reflect the Group’s main KPIs for the year and are designed to encourage continuous performance improvement for the 
Group. Group financial performance targets relating to the bonus plan are set with reference to the Group’s annual budget, which is reviewed and 
signed off by the Group Board prior to the start of each financial year. Adjusted profit is currently used as the principal KPI for the annual bonus 
plan because it is a clear measure of the underlying financial performance of the Group. 

LTIP awards are based on EPS growth and Total Shareholder Returns (TSR) performance normally over three years.

Targets applying to the bonus and LTIP are reviewed regularly, based on a number of internal and external reference points. Performance targets 
are set to be stretching but achievable, with regard to the particular strategic priorities and economic environment in a given year.

The committee retains the ability to adjust performance measures or targets if events occur (such as a change in Group strategy, a material 
acquisition and/or a divestment of a Group business or a change in prevailing market conditions) which cause the committee to determine that 
measures are no longer appropriate and that an amendment is required so that they achieve their original purpose. 

Awards under the LTIP and deferred share awards may be adjusted in the event of a variation of the Company’s share capital or other relevant 
event in accordance with the terms of the awards. 

Malus and clawback provisions
Clawback applies if the figures on which awards were based are shown to be inaccurate or there is misconduct by the individual or action which 
has damaged EMIS Group’s reputation or, in the case of LTIPs, if there is significant deterioration in financial performance. These provisions apply 
for one year after the award of a bonus and during the two-year retention period for an LTIP.

Remuneration policy for other employees
The approach to annual salary reviews is consistent across the Group, with consideration given to individual performance, skills, experience and 
responsibility, Group performance and market conditions, and salary levels for similar roles in relevant comparators. Opportunities and specific 
performance conditions vary by organisational level with business area-specific metrics incorporated where appropriate. A senior management 
group of approximately 63 individuals is eligible to participate in the LTIP. Award sizes vary by organisational level. Specific cash incentives are also 
in place to motivate, reward and retain staff below Board level. All UK-based employees are eligible to participate in the Company’s SIP scheme on 
the same terms.

Pay scenario charts for Executive Directors
The charts below provide estimates of the potential future reward opportunity for each of the two current Executive Directors for 2021 and the 
potential split between different elements of remuneration under three different scenarios: minimum, target and maximum performance.

CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER – 
ANDY THORBURN

CHIEF FINANCIAL 
OFFICER – PETER SOUTHBY

Maximum

Target

1,720

Maximum

1,007

800

Target

533

Minimum

493

Minimum

330

£’000

0

250

500

750

1,000 1,250 1,500

1,200

1,750

2,000

1,400

£’000

0

250

500

750

1,000 1,250 1,500

1,750

2,000

 Basic salary and benefits 

 Bonus 

 Share schemes

68

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEPotential reward opportunities illustrated on page 68 are based on the remuneration policy, applied to the base salary as at 1 April 2021. It should 
be noted that LTIP awards granted in a year normally vest following the end of a three-year performance period and the projected value of LTIP 
amounts excludes the impact of share price movement over the vesting period. All other elements of actual pay delivered, however, will be 
determined by the following factors:

Fixed

Annual bonus

LTIP

Component

Base salary

Pension

Minimum

2021 salary

Target

Maximum

Contribution rate applied to 2020 salary1

Other benefits

Benefits as provided in the single figure table on page 72

No bonus payable

No LTIP vesting

50% of maximum (75% of 
salary)

25% of maximum (37.5% 
and 25% of salary for Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer 
respectively)

150% of salary

150% and 100% of salary 
for Chief Executive Officer 
and Chief Financial Officer 
respectively

1  Pension contributions capped at the 2020 salary for the next two years.

Approach to recruitment remuneration – Executive Directors
When hiring or appointing a new Executive Director, the committee may make use of any or all of the existing components of remuneration, as follows:

Component Approach

Base salary

The base salaries of new appointees will be determined by reference to the individual’s 
role, responsibilities, experience and skills, relevant market data, internal relativities 
and their current basic salary. Where new appointees have initial basic salaries set 
below market rate, any shortfall may be managed with phased increases over a period 
of years subject to their development in the role.

Pension

SIP

New appointees will be eligible to receive a pension contribution in line with 
existing policy.

New appointees will be eligible to participate in the Company’s HMRC tax qualifying 
all-employee share scheme, in line with the policy and the eligibility criteria.

Benefits

New appointees will be eligible to receive benefits in line with the policy.

Maximum value

Not applicable.

Annual bonus

The annual bonus described in the policy table will apply to new appointees with the 
relevant maximum ordinarily being pro-rated to reflect the proportion of employment 
over the bonus period. Targets for the individual element will be tailored to the Executive.

Up to 150% of salary p.a.

LTIP

New appointees will be eligible for awards under the LTIP which will normally be on the 
same terms as awards made to other Executive Directors, as described in the policy table.

Up to 200% of salary p.a.

In determining appropriate remuneration for a new Executive Director, the committee will take into consideration all relevant factors (including the 
quantum, nature of remuneration and jurisdiction from which the candidate was recruited) to ensure that the pay arrangements are in the best 
interests of the Group and its shareholders. 

The committee may include additional elements of pay which it considers appropriate in circumstances which may include: interim appointments; 
Non-executive Directors taking on an Executive function on a short-term basis; and where the timing of the recruitment means that it would be 
inappropriate to provide a bonus or LTIP opportunity for the year, in which case the quantum in respect of the opportunity for the year of 
recruitment may be transferred to the subsequent year in order that reward is provided on a fair and appropriate basis. However, the committee’s 
discretion is not uncapped. As noted above, salary, pension and benefits will be provided in line with the existing policy and non-performance-
related incentives (such as a “golden hello”) will not be offered. The committee may alter the performance measures and vesting periods of 
incentive remuneration and the deferral arrangements for the bonus or holding period for the LTIP to reflect the circumstances of the recruitment. 
The rationale for any exercise of this discretion will be explained in the following Directors’ remuneration report. 

In addition to the above elements of remuneration, the committee may consider it appropriate to grant an award under a different structure in order 
to facilitate the recruitment of an individual, to replace remuneration, benefits and/or incentive arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employer.

Any “buyout awards” would typically have a fair value no higher than and be receivable no sooner than the awards forfeited. In doing so, the 
committee will consider relevant factors including any performance conditions attached to these awards, the likelihood of those conditions being 
met and the proportion of the vesting period remaining. Such awards would typically be subject to clawback. 

In the event of the appointment of a new Executive Director by way of internal promotion, the remuneration committee will be consistent with 
the policy for external appointees detailed above. Where an individual has contractual commitments made prior to their promotion to Executive 
Director level, the Company will continue to honour these arrangements. 

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

69

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Directors’ remuneration policy continued

Approach to recruitment remuneration – Executive Directors continued
External appointments
It is the Board’s policy to allow each Executive Director to take up one non-executive position on the board of another company, subject to the 
prior approval of the Board. Any fee earned in relation to outside appointments is retained by the Executive Director. No such positions were 
taken and so no such fees were paid during the financial year.

Service contracts
The Executive Directors are employed under contracts of employment with the Group. Executive Directors’ contracts are available to view at 
the Company’s Registered Office. The principal terms of the Executive Directors’ service contracts are as follows:

Executive Director

Andy Thorburn
Peter Southby

Position

Effective date of contract

From Company

From Director

Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer

1 May 2017
1 October 2012

Twelve months
Twelve months

Twelve months
Twelve months

Notice period

Remuneration policy for the Chair and the Non-executive Directors
The Board determines the remuneration policy and level of fees for the Non-executive Directors, within the limits set out in the Articles 
of Association. The remuneration committee recommends the remuneration policy and level of fees for the Chair of the Board. 

The policy table below summarises the key components of remuneration for the Chair and Non-executive Directors.

Element

Fees

To reflect market competitive rates 
for the role, as well as individual 
performance and contribution.

Performance 
metrics

None.

Operation 

Opportunity

The Chair and Non-executive Directors 
receive a basic fee for their respective 
roles. Additional fees may be paid to 
Non-executive Directors for additional 
services such as chairing a Board 
committee or acting as the Senior 
Independent Non-executive Director. 
Expenses related to the Non-executive 
Directors’ duties, such as travel and 
accommodation or secretarial support, 
may also be reimbursed. 

Fees are reviewed annually with reference 
to information provided by remuneration 
surveys, the extent of the duties 
performed, time commitment and the size 
and complexity of the Group. Fee levels 
are benchmarked against sector 
comparators and appropriate listed 
companies of similar size and complexity.

Fee increases are applied in line with the 
outcome of the annual review. Fees for 
the year commencing 1 January 2021 
are set out in the annual report on 
remuneration.

There is no prescribed maximum fee. It is 
expected that increases to Non-executive 
Director fee levels will be in line with 
salaried employees over the life of the 
policy. However, in the event that there is 
a material misalignment with the market 
or a change in the complexity, 
responsibility or time commitment 
required to fulfil a Non-executive Director 
role, the Board has discretion to make an 
appropriate adjustment to the fee level.

Non-executive Directors’ remuneration
In the case of hiring or appointing a new Non-executive Director, the committee will follow the policy as set out in the table above. A base fee in 
line with the prevailing fee schedule would be payable for Board membership, with additional fees payable for additional services, such as chairing 
a Board committee.

70

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCETerms of appointment of the Non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment

Non-executive Director

Patrick De Smedt

Kevin Boyd
Andy McKeon
Jen Byrne
JP Rangaswami

Date of
appointment

Latest date of 
re-appointment

Latest expected 
retirement date

Notice period

1 January 2020

9 May 2014
1 February 2013
8 May 2019
1 March 2021

—

Close of AGM 2029 

Three months

9 May 2020
30 September 2018
—
—

Close of AGM 2023 
Close of AGM 2022 
Close of AGM 2028
Close of AGM 2030

Three months
Three months
Three months
Three months

Exit payment policy
The Company’s policy is to limit any payment made to a departing Director to contractual arrangements and to honour any pre-established 
commitments. A payment in lieu of notice (consisting of salary, benefits and pension contributions for the relevant portion of the notice period) 
may be made. As part of this process, the committee will take into consideration the Executive Director’s duty to mitigate their loss.

The table below summarises how the awards under the bonus scheme and LTIP are typically treated in different leaver scenarios and a change of 
control. Whilst the committee retains overall discretion on determining “good leaver” status, it typically defines a “good leaver” in circumstances 
such as ill health, disability, death, redundancy, or any other reason as the committee decides. Final treatment is subject to the committee’s 
discretion. The holding period that applies to vested LTIP awards ceases when an individual leaves, subject to any post-employment shareholding 
requirements that may apply.

Reason for 
leaving

Annual bonus

“Good leaver”

Timing of vesting 

Treatment of awards

Usually paid at the same time as continuing employees. 
Pro-rata payments may also be made early on 
compassionate grounds to a “good leaver”. 

Eligible for an award to the extent that performance targets 
are satisfied and the award is pro-rated for the proportion 
of the financial year served.

“Bad leaver”

No annual bonus payable.

Not applicable.

Change of control

Paid immediately on the effective date of change of control.

LTIP

“Good leaver” – 
awards which are still 
subject to 
performance 
conditions

Continue until the normal vesting date or vest 
immediately, at the discretion of the committee. In the 
event of the death of a participant, the award would 
vest immediately.

Eligible for an award to the extent that performance targets 
are satisfied up to the change of control and the award is 
pro-rated for the proportion of the financial year served to 
the effective date of change of control.

Outstanding awards vest to the extent the performance 
conditions are or are reasonably considered to be likely to 
be satisfied and the awards are pro-rated to reflect the 
length of the performance period served unless the 
remuneration committee decides otherwise. In the event of 
the death of a participant during the performance period, 
the award would vest in full.

“Bad leaver” 

Outstanding awards are forfeited.

Not applicable.

Change of control

Vest immediately on the effective date of change of control. Outstanding awards vest subject to the satisfaction of 

performance conditions as at the effective date of change 
of control, and the award is pro-rated for the proportion of 
the performance period served to the effective date of 
change of control unless the remuneration committee 
decides otherwise.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

71

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Annual report on remuneration

The following section provides details of how the remuneration policy was implemented during the financial year ended 31 December 2020.

Remuneration committee membership in 2020
The members of the committee and their attendance record at meetings during the year are set out on page 63.

During the year, the committee sought internal support from the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Group HR Director, 
who attend committee meetings by invitation from the Chair, to advise on specific questions raised by the committee and on matters relating to 
the performance and remuneration of senior managers where it was considered that their attendance would make a significant contribution. None 
of these officers were present for any discussions that related directly to their own remuneration. The Company Secretary attended each meeting 
as Secretary to the committee.

Independent advice
In undertaking its responsibilities, the committee seeks independent external advice as necessary. Since June 2019, Mercer has acted as the 
principal external adviser to the committee. Mercer is available to provide independent advice on a wide range of remuneration matters including 
current market practice, benchmarking of executive pay, LTIP performance measures, the remuneration policy and incentive scheme design. 
Mercer is subject to periodic performance evaluation in common with other advisers to the Group.

The committee is satisfied that Mercer provides independent remuneration advice to the committee. Mercer is a member and signatory of the 
Remuneration Consultants Group and voluntarily operates under the Code of Conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK, 
details of which can be found at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.com. 

Summary of shareholder voting at the 2020 AGM
There was an advisory vote on the Directors’ remuneration report at the AGM in 2020. Of the 46,320,127 votes cast, 39,529,679 (85.34%) of the 
votes were in favour of the resolution, with 6,788,868 (14.66%) against and 1,580 votes withheld. The results of the votes were published on the 
website after the meeting.

Single total figure of remuneration for Executive Directors 
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Executive Director for the year ended 31 December 2020 
and the prior year:

Base salary
Taxable benefits1
Pension2
Annual bonus3
Share schemes4

Total fixed pay

Total variable pay

Total

Andy Thorburn
£’000

2020 

409
21
61
205
402

491

607

1,098

2019

400
32
60
252
70

492

322

814

Peter Southby
£’000

2020 

2019

271
17
41
135
160

329

295

624

265
18
40
167
30

323

197

520

1   Taxable benefits consist primarily of a car allowance or company car, private medical insurance, business travel and subsistence (where taxable). 

2   During the year the Executive Directors received 15% of base salary as employer contributions. At the request of Peter Southby £35,000 (2019: £30,000) 

of employer pension contributions were commuted to a cash payment in accordance with the remuneration policy.

3   This is the total bonus earned in respect of performance during the relevant year. Annual bonuses are received in cash. Further details of annual bonus awards 

for 2020 can be found in the annual report on remuneration on page 73. 

4   The amounts shown reflect the value of matching shares awarded under the SIP, the value of the free share award made under the SIP and the expected value of 

the 2018 LTIP awards that will vest in April 2021. Further details can be found on page 74. The values shown for 2019 have been updated from those shown in last 
year’s annual report on remuneration to reflect the share price that applied on the date of vesting (1004p on 21 April 2020 for Peter Southby and 1016p on 1 May 
2020 for Andy Thorburn).

72

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCESingle total figure of remuneration for Non-executive Directors – audited
The table below sets out a single figure for the total remuneration received by each Non-executive Director for the year ended 31 December 2020 
and the prior year:

Patrick De Smedt1
Andy McKeon
Kevin Boyd2
Jen Byrne3
Mike O’Leary4
Robin Taylor5
David Sides6

Fees
£’000

2020

121
53
53
45
42
—
—

2019

—
49
47
28
105
17
38

1  Patrick De Smedt was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2020.

4  Mike O’Leary retired from the Board on 6 May 2020.

2  Kevin Boyd became Chair of the audit committee on 8 May 2019.

5  Robin Taylor retired from the Board on 8 May 2019.

3  Jen Byrne was appointed to the Board on 8 May 2019.

6  David Sides resigned from the Board on 22 August 2019.

Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 December 2020
Bonus
During the year ended 31 December 2020, Executive Directors were eligible to receive a bonus of up to 100% of salary, depending on the level of 
Group adjusted operating profit achieved and certain other financial and strategic targets. Target performance was calibrated to deliver a bonus of 
50% of maximum. Bonuses are paid entirely in cash and are subject to clawback. Corporate targets set by the committee require Executive 
Directors to deliver significant stretch performance to achieve maximum bonus. 

The targets set for 2020 were as follows: 

2020 bonus targets

• Up to 70% of salary based on 

Group adjusted operating profit:

• Below £37.4m results in no bonus payment;

• Exceeding £37.4m results in a bonus payment of 25% of salary; and

• Exceeding £43.4m results in a bonus payment of 70% of salary; performance between £37.4m 

and £43.4m results in a pro rata bonus payment calculated on a straight-line basis.

• Up to 10% of salary for achieving 

• Delivering adjusted cash generated from operations at least equal to the 2019 level (£46.3m); 

the following other financial targets:

and

• Up to 20% of salary for achieving 

the following non-financial targets, 
the first and third of which were 
added to the plan after the Covid-19 
crisis had begun:

• Ensuring that development investment was at least equal to the 2019 level (£20.7m).
• Delivering high employee engagement levels in relation to homeworking and the new way 

of working, evidenced by employee surveys demonstrating that:

 – at least 75% of employees confirmed that the business could not have done more in 

communicating with them during the pandemic; 

 – at least 80% of employees confirmed that expectations had been set regarding their workload 

and objectives; and

 – at least 80% of employees confirmed that their managers arranged regular meetings so that 

they are in touch with their team members;

• Establishing a Group programme management office to improve operational efficiency;

• Implementing a proactive Covid-19 market and customer response plan; and

• Launching EMIS-X Analytics.

Total bonus payable was capped at 50% of base salary unless adjusted operating profit was higher than in 2019 (£39.3m).

Group adjusted operating profit for the year was £39.3m, resulting in a bonus of 25% of salary being achieved. Other financial targets were met in full 
(with adjusted cash generated from operations at £58.9m and development investment at £21.2m). The strategic objectives were also met in full:

• On average 91% of employees confirmed that the business could not have done more in communicating with them during the pandemic; on 
average 84% of employees confirmed that expectations had been set regarding their workload and objectives; on average 95% of employees 
confirmed that their managers arrange regular meetings so that they are in touch with their team members; 

• The Group programme management office was established in September 2020;

• A proactive Covid-19 market and customer response plan was implemented in March 2020. See our Covid-19 response on page 4; and

• EMIS-X Analytics was launched in October 2020.

The committee determined that a total bonus of 50% of salary was achieved as this was capped as noted above.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

73

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Annual report on remuneration continued

Incentive outcomes for the year ended 31 December 2020 continued
Long-term incentive awards vesting and exercised
For the 2018 LTIP awards, there were two elements. The first, based on EPS growth over the three years to 31 December 2020 with a weighting 
of 80% of the award, was partly met, resulting in 27.3% vesting of this element. The second element, based on TSR performance with a weighting 
of 20% of the award, was fully met resulting in 100% vesting of this element. Overall therefore, 41.8% of the total award will vest in April 2021, 
subject to continued employment. The performance targets for this award were as follows:

Performance level

Below base target
Base target
Maximum target

EPS growth 

% award to vest

TSR 

% award to vest

Below 3% p.a.
3% p.a.
10% p.a.

0%
20.00%
80.00%

Below median
Equal to median
Upper quartile

0%
5.00%
20.00%

Scheme interests awarded in 2020
Long-Term Incentive Plan 
In 2020, the following awards were granted under the LTIP:

Executive Director

Andy Thorburn

Peter Southby

Date of
grant

Awards made
during
the year

Market price
at date of
award

Normal
vesting
date

Ordinary annual award

Ordinary annual award

20 April 2020

20 April 2020

63,061

27,843

980p

980p

20 April 2023

20 April 2023

Face value
at date of
award
£’000

618

273

Performance conditions for 2020 awards
The ordinary annual awards granted in April 2020 include two performance targets. 75% of the award is subject to a performance target based on 
compound annual EPS growth and 25% of the award is subject to a performance target comparing the Company’s TSR against the FTSE SmallCap.  
Both performance targets are measured over three financial years, 2020 to 2022. 

Ordinary annual award

Performance level

Below base target
Base target
Maximum target

EPS growth 

% award to vest

TSR 

% award to vest

Below 5% p.a.
5% p.a.
10% p.a.

0%
18.75%
75.00%

Below median
Equal to median
Upper quartile

0%
6.25%
25.00%

To the extent that base target is exceeded, the percentage of award shares vesting increases pro-rata between the base target and maximum target.

SIP awards 
During the year under review, Andy Thorburn and Peter Southby were awarded matching shares under the SIP as a result of their own personal 
contributions in acquiring partnership shares. The value of these was less than £1,000 each. There were no performance conditions attached to 
the SIP awards. Andy Thorburn and Peter Southby participate in the SIP to the maximum extent permitted by the HMRC. In April 2020, Andy 
Thorburn and Peter Southby received a free share award under the SIP, both receiving 66 shares. The value of these was less than £1,000. 
Executive Directors participate in the SIP on the same terms as other employees.

Ad hoc payments 
There were no ad hoc payments to any Directors for the year ended 31 December 2020.

Payments to past Directors
There were no payments to past Directors for the year ended 31 December 2020. 

Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the Group’s expenditure on shareholder distributions (including dividends) and total employee pay expenditure for the 
financial years ended 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2020.

2020
2019
% change

1  Includes £4.1m of exceptional staff costs.

74

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

Total
employee
expenditure

£70.0m
£74.9m 1
-7%

Distributions to
shareholders

£20.1m
£19.6m
3%

GOVERNANCETSR performance

300

250

200

150

100

50

0

EMIS Group total 
shareholder return 

FTSE SmallCap Index

Mar 11

Mar 12

Mar 13

Mar 14

Mar 15

Mar 16

Mar 17

Mar 18

Mar 19

Mar 10

Mar 21

The graph above compares the value of £100 invested in EMIS Group plc shares, including reinvested dividends, with the FTSE SmallCap Index in 
the last ten years. This index was selected because it is considered to be the most appropriate against which the total shareholder return of the 
Group should be measured. 

Historical Chief Executive Officer pay
The table below details the Chief Executive Officer’s single total figure of remuneration and incentive outcomes over the relevant financial year: 

Andy Thorburn (from 1 May 2017)
Chief Executive Officer single figure (£’000)
Annual bonus (% of max)
LTIP vesting (% of max)

Chris Spencer (retired 30 April 2017)
Chief Executive Officer single figure (£’000)
Annual bonus (% of max)
LTIP vesting (% of max)

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

n/a
n/a
n/a

388
0%
51%

n/a
n/a
n/a

607
0%
48%

358
0%
n/a

238
0%
0%

922
72%
n/a

n/a
n/a
n/a

814
63%
10%

n/a
n/a
n/a

1,098
50%
42%

n/a
n/a
n/a

Directors’ interests
The beneficial interests of the Directors in the ordinary shares of the Company, including those acquired through the SIP, as at 31 December 2020 
were as follows:

Director

Andy Thorburn1
Peter Southby1
Patrick De Smedt
Andy McKeon
Kevin Boyd
Jen Byrne
Mike O’Leary2
Robin Taylor2
David Sides2

Ordinary shares
at 31 December
2020

Ordinary shares
at 31 December
2019

42,608
25,737
10,000
4,947
7,000
—
1,000
n/a
n/a

32,315
23,857
n/a
3,626
7,000
—
1,000
1,800
2,000

1  Includes matching shares and free shares awarded under the SIP which may be subject to forfeiture under certain circumstances. 

2  Shares held at the date of resignation. 

Since the year end SIP shares have continued to be awarded each month, for which monthly Regulatory Information Service announcements have 
been made. This has resulted in Peter Southby holding an additional 59 shares, which include matching shares awarded under the SIP which may 
be subject to forfeiture in certain circumstances.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

75

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Annual report on remuneration continued

Implementation of remuneration policy for 2021
The letter from the Chair of the remuneration committee on pages 62 and 63 includes further detail.

Base salary
The base salaries for the Executive Directors in 2021 are set out in the table below. 

Executive Director

Andy Thorburn
Peter Southby

Base salary from
1 April 2020 to
31 December 2020

Base salary from
1 April 2021 to
31 December 2021

Percentage
increase

£412,000
£272,862

£412,000
£272,862

0%
0%

Pension
For 2021, Executive Directors will continue to receive a contribution equivalent to 15% of their 2020 base salary. 

Annual bonus
The maximum bonus opportunity will be 150% of salary, with target set at 75% of base salary. 

The specific targets are deemed commercially sensitive but will be published retrospectively in the annual report and accounts for 2021; 100% of 
salary will be dependent on adjusted operating profit, 20% on financial measures important to EMIS’s strategy and 30% on strategic performance 
measures.

Bonus payments will continue to be delivered in cash and will continue to be subject to the following conditions:

• Clawback where the remuneration committee becomes aware of any information on the basis of which it is reasonable for it to form the opinion 
that either inaccurate figures had been reported on which the bonus target had been calculated and based or bonus outcome calculated; or 
there had been misconduct; or there had been any action or omission that had resulted in significant damage to the Group’s reputation; and

• The requirement to invest at least 40% of any net bonus payment in shares of the Company until the minimum shareholding level relevant to 

the Executive Director is met. 

LTIP
In line with the proposals included in the Directors’ remuneration report, which was approved by shareholders at the AGM in May 2020, an award 
will be made in April 2021 and will equate to 150% of salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 100% of salary for the Chief Financial Officer. The 
threshold vesting for EPS performance is 5% p.a. for this award. The performance metrics will be 75% based on EPS growth over the performance 
period and 25% based on relative TSR performance against the FTSE SmallCap. To the extent that base target is exceeded, the percentage of 
award shares vesting increases pro-rata between the base target and maximum target. In assessing performance against the EPS condition, the 
committee will take into account any material external changes that might impact EPS, including potential changes to the rate of corporation tax.

2021 award

Below base target
Base target
Maximum target

EPS growth 

% award to vest

TSR 

% award to vest

Below 5% p.a.
5% p.a.
10% p.a.

0%
18.75%
75.00%

Below median
Equal to median
Upper quartile

0%
6.25%
25.00%

Following the end of the performance period, and the vesting of any awards, a holding period applies such that the full vesting plus holding period 
is five years. Executive Directors are subject to the requirement to retain shares after the holding period to add to their beneficial shareholding 
until the minimum shareholding level relevant to the Executive Director is met. 

LTIP awards are subject to clawback as explained in the policy.

SIP
Executive Directors, subject to eligibility, will be able to continue to participate in the SIP on the same basis as in 2020. From 1 January 2021 
EMIS Group will provide one matching share for every two shares purchased (previously three shares). 

Chair and Non-executive Director fees
Fee levels for the Chair and Non-executive Directors are subject to annual review taking into account appropriate comparators and the level of 
time commitment required. It was agreed that there would be no fee increases in 2021.

76

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEDirectors’ report

This section contains the remaining matters on which the Directors are 
required to report each year.

The Company is incorporated in England and Wales and domiciled in 
the UK with company number 06553923. The address of its Registered 
Office is Fulford Grange, Micklefield Lane, Rawdon, Leeds LS19 6BA.

General information and principal activities
EMIS Group plc (“the Company” or “the parent company”) is an 
AIM-quoted company. The Company is the parent of a number of 
trading subsidiary companies. The principal trading subsidiaries are:

• Egton Medical Information Systems Limited, Ascribe Limited and 

Rx Systems Limited, trading under the EMIS brand;

• Patient Platform Limited, carrying on the business of Patient.info and 

Patient Access; and

• Pinnacle Systems Management Limited.

EMIS Group is the UK leader in connected healthcare software and 
systems. Its solutions are widely used across every major UK healthcare 
setting. EMIS Group’s aim is to join up healthcare through innovative 
technology, helping healthcare professionals to deliver better, more 
efficient healthcare to the UK population, supporting longer and 
healthier lives. 

EMIS Group has two core business segments: EMIS Health and 
EMIS Enterprise.

EMIS Health is a supplier of innovative integrated care technology to 
the NHS market, including primary, community, acute and social care.

EMIS Enterprise is focussed on growth in the B2B technology sector 
within the healthcare market, including management of medicines, 
partner businesses, life sciences and patient-facing services. 

EMIS Group’s brands include:

• EMIS, the clinical software business, supplying essential technology 
to 10,000 healthcare organisations across every major UK health 
sector;

• Patient, the UK’s leading independent provider of patient-centric 
medical and wellbeing information and digital front door services 
to the UK public; and

• Pinnacle, a leading provider of service management solutions to the 

community pharmacy market. 

• Acquisition – the Group supplements its organic growth by acquiring 
companies with promising technologies and in markets adjacent to, 
and consistent with, current capabilities. The Pinnacle acquisition in 
2020 represents a good example of a transaction with these 
characteristics; and

• Balance sheet leverage and return of excess capital – the Group will 

maintain an appropriate balance sheet, consistent with its investment 
requirements and mindful of the preferences of both shareholders 
and customers. While the Group is prepared to take on additional 
debt if circumstances warrant, it aims to return excess capital to 
shareholders when appropriate.

Dividends
Subject to shareholder approval at the AGM on 6 May 2021, the Board 
proposes paying a final dividend of 16.0p per ordinary share (2020: 15.6p) 
on 14 May 2021 to shareholders on the register at the close of business 
on 16 April 2021. This would make a total dividend of 32.0p per 
ordinary share for 2020 (2019: 31.2p). 

Directors 
The Directors of the Company who served during the year ended 
31 December 2020 and subsequently are as follows:

Patrick De Smedt1
Chair 

Andy Thorburn 
Chief Executive Officer

Peter Southby
Chief Financial Officer

Andy McKeon
Senior Independent Non-executive Director

Kevin Boyd
Independent Non-executive Director

Jen Byrne
Independent Non-executive Director

JP Rangaswami2
Independent Non-executive Director

Mike O’Leary3
Former Chair

Capital allocation policy
EMIS Group seeks to deliver high-quality visible earnings, future 
earnings growth and strong cash returns. The Board has adopted a 
clear capital allocation policy:

1   Patrick De Smedt was appointed to the Board on 1 January 2020 and as 

Chair on 6 May 2020.

2  JP Rangaswami was appointed as a Non-executive Director on 1 March 2021.

3  Mike O’Leary retired from the Board on 6 May 2020.

• Reinvestment for growth – the Group invests in the infrastructure, 

technology and intellectual capital to drive growth in its core markets, 
through constant product innovation and integration. At the current time, 
this is demonstrated by significant investment in the EMIS-X platform; 

• Regular returns to shareholders – the Group pays a regular dividend 
to shareholders, representing typically between half and two-thirds 
of underlying adjusted earnings, and has increased the proposed full 
year dividend for 2020 by 3%;

Re-election of Directors
Directors are subject to annual re-election in line with best practice. As 
a new appointment since the 2020 AGM, JP Rangaswami will stand for 
election at the AGM on 6 May 2021.

Directors’ interests
Details of Directors’ remuneration and interests in the share capital of 
the Company are given in the annual report on remuneration on pages 
72 to 76. Details of Directors’ service agreements are included in the 
remuneration policy on page 70. No Director has had any material 
interest in any contract of significance with the Company or any of its 
subsidiaries during the year under review.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

77

Directors’ report continued

Substantial interests in shares
The Company has been notified of the following substantial interests in 3% or more in its ordinary shares:

31 December 2020
%

2 March 2021
% 

11.51
8.26
5.47
4.56
4.04
3.57
3.55
3.33

11.56
8.29
5.47
4.56
3.94
3.57
3.53
3.40

Employees 
Details of how the directors have engaged with employees are set 
out in the stakeholder engagement section on pages 12 to 15. The 
Company’s policies in relation to equal opportunities are explained in 
the people section of the sustainability report on page 40.

Ethical business practices
The Group has a zero tolerance approach to bribery and corruption and 
is committed to ensuring that it has effective processes and procedures 
in place to counter the risk of bribery and corruption. A formal 
anti-bribery policy is in place and training for all employees is 
undertaken annually. The policy and training results are reviewed on 
a regular basis by the audit committee.

The Group has a comprehensive code of ethics and standards of 
business conduct document, which provides instruction and guidance 
to employees on expected behaviour when dealing with a wide range 
of stakeholders.

The Group has a whistleblowing policy, which is reviewed annually by 
the audit committee, and an associated reporting hotline operated by 
an external provider.

All employees are required to acknowledge receipt of these three 
policies and to confirm that they have read and understood them. 

The Group has an anti-fraud policy statement and fraud response plan, 
which outlines the Group’s position on dishonest behaviour and 
provides direction on managing suspected or actual fraud incidents.

Fund Manager

Liontrust Asset Management
Octopus Investments
M&G Investments
Evenlode Investment
Heronbridge Investment Management
MN Services
NFU Mutual 
Investec Wealth and Investment

Research and development 
Research and development expenditure in the year amounted to 
£21.2m (2019: £20.7m) of which £6.6m (2019: £7.4m) was capitalised. 

Share capital
As at 31 December 2020 and 17 March 2021, the Company had 
63,311,396 (31 December 2019: 63,311,396) ordinary shares of 1p 
each in issue. The shares are traded on AIM, a market operated by the 
London Stock Exchange. The rights and obligations attached to the 
shares are set out in the Company’s Articles of Association which are 
available on the Company’s website.

The Company has previously established an Employee Benefit Trust 
(EBT) to hold shares in the Company to facilitate share-based 
emolument payments and the Group SIP. As at 31 December 2020 the 
EBT held 401,147 (2019: 512,231) ordinary shares of 1p each. The EBT 
has waived its right to dividends.

Details of ordinary shares under option in respect of the Company’s 
share schemes are shown in note 27 to the financial statements.

The rules of the LTIP and Company Share Option Plan (CSOP) set out the 
procedure to be followed in the event of a change of control. Further 
information is given in the Directors’ remuneration policy on page 71.

Purchase of own shares
The Directors’ authority to make purchases of the Company’s shares 
on its behalf is given by resolution of the shareholders annually at the 
Company’s AGM.

There were no share buybacks during the year. 

Directors’ indemnities and liability insurance
As permitted by the Articles of Association, in accordance with Section 
234 of the Companies Act 2006, the officers of the Company and its 
subsidiaries would be indemnified in respect of proceedings which 
might be brought by a third party. No cover is provided for Directors 
and officers in respect of any fraudulent or dishonest actions. The Company 
maintains Directors’ and officers’ liabilities insurance to provide appropriate 
cover for any legal action brought against its Directors.

78

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEPolitical donations 
No political donations were made in 2020 (2019: £nil).

Going concern 
The Group’s activities and an outline of the developments taking place 
in relation to its products, services and marketplace are considered in 
the strategic report on pages 2 to 45. A commentary on the revenue, 
trading results and cash flows is provided in the financial review on 
pages 42 to 45.

Note 3 to the financial statements sets out the Group’s financial risks 
and the management of capital risks.

The Group is profitable and expects to continue to be so, with 
significant cash resources, a high and continuing level of recurring 
revenue and also high levels of cash conversion expected for the 
foreseeable future. 

The Group has in place a £30m revolving credit facility with Barclays 
and Lloyds, with an accordion arrangement to increase it up to £60m if 
required, through to 30 June 2021. The Barclays share of the facility is 
in place through to 30 June 2022, comprising a £15m revolving credit 
facility with an accordion arrangement to increase this to £30m.

The Directors considered the going concern assumption and after 
careful enquiry and review of available financial information, including 
detailed projections of profitability and cash flows for the next twelve 
months, the Directors believe that the Group has adequate resources to 
continue to operate for the next twelve months and that it is therefore 
appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in the preparation of the consolidated and Company financial statements. 

AGM notice
The notice convening the AGM to be held on 6 May 2021, together 
with an explanation of the resolutions to be proposed at the meeting, 
is contained in a separate circular to shareholders and on the Group’s 
website at www.emisgroupplc.com/investors/annual-general-meeting.

Auditor and statement as to disclosure of information 
to the auditor
The Directors who were in office on the date of approval of these 
financial statements have confirmed, as far as they are aware, that there 
is no relevant audit information of which the auditor is unaware. The 
Directors have individually confirmed that they have taken all 
reasonable steps that they ought to have taken as Directors in order 
to make themselves aware of any relevant audit information and to 
establish that it has been communicated to the auditor.

The auditor, KPMG LLP, has indicated its willingness to be re-appointed 
and, in accordance with Section 489 of the Companies Act 2006, a 
resolution for re-appointment will be proposed at the AGM.

Corporate governance
The Company’s statement on corporate governance can be found 
on pages 49 to 54 of this annual report and accounts. 

The directors’ report, comprising the strategic report, the corporate 
governance report and the reports of the audit, remuneration and 
nomination committees, has been approved by the Board and signed 
on its behalf by

Christine Benson
Company Secretary
17 March 2021

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

79

Viability statement

The Directors have voluntarily adopted Provision 31 of the Code, 
assessing the prospects of the Group. The Directors have taken into 
account the Group’s current position and business model and have 
assessed the potential impact of the principal risks and uncertainties 
facing the Group. 

The Directors have determined that the four-year accounting period to 
31 December 2024 constitutes an appropriate period over which to 
assess the Group’s prospects and viability. This is the period focussed 
on by the Board during its strategic planning process and is consistent 
with typical contract lengths across much of the Group (three to five 
years). It is aligned with the Group’s goodwill and other intangible 
impairment testing and the earlier part of the period is also covered by 
the Group’s funding facilities, which currently extend to 30 June 2022 
and which the Group expects to be able to renew on comparable terms. 

While the formal assessment period extends to December 2024, the 
Board considers that the Group’s longer-term prospects are likely to 
be positive beyond this time horizon as a result of its investment in 
innovation, increasing market demand for its products, market growth, 
strong competitive positions and contractual visibility. 

For the purpose of making this viability statement, the Board has taken 
into account its ongoing assessment of the principal risks facing the 
Group, including those that could potentially threaten its business 
model, future performance, solvency or liquidity. Each year, the Board 
considers a medium-term strategic plan, the first year of which 
represents the Group’s annual operating budget, together with the 
ability of the Group to raise finance and undertake mitigating actions 
to avoid the occurrence or reduce the impact of the principal risks. 

In assessing viability, enhanced modelling and stress testing are 
performed, using severe but possible scenarios on the financial impact 
of risks materialising. The modelled scenarios were:

Scenario 1
Increased market competition linked to the GP IT Futures framework 
results in reduction in related revenues.

All related revenues reduce by 5% from January 2022, by a further 5% 
from January 2023 and by a further 10% from January 2024. All other 
revenues are limited to a 2% growth rate.

Link to principal risks and uncertainties: healthcare structure 
and procurement changes.

Scenario 2
The failure to monitor and rectify software defects on a timely basis 
could result in reduced customer satisfaction.

Scenario 3
Failure to recruit or retain appropriate numbers of suitably qualified 
people in critical areas could lead to a deterioration in the quality of 
products and services. This could lead to failure to meet customers’ 
needs, loss of business and the Group failing to deliver expected 
financial returns.

The annual staff attrition rate increases to 25% and new staff are 10% 
more expensive than leavers resulting in an effective 2.5% increase in 
staff costs from January 2021 onwards.

Link to principal risks and uncertainties: people and culture.

Scenario 4
There are failures to comply with information governance legislation, 
including the EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).

Revenues reduce by 20% from January 2022, staff costs and operating 
expenses reduce by 10% from January 2022 and a fine of £1m is 
imposed by the Information Commissioner’s Office in December 2021.

Link to principal risks and uncertainties: information governance 
and cyber security.

Further details on each of these are set out on pages 32 and 33. 

In addition, the Board has also considered the possible impact of the 
ongoing business disruption arising as a result of Covid-19. Based on 
the Group’s experience of 2020 trading, the Directors expect to be able 
to trade through any further disrupted periods resulting from the 
pandemic without this challenging its longer-term viability. The future 
impact of Covid-19 is considered likely to be only short-term in nature 
and has therefore only been specifically considered in assessing the 
going concern assumption.

The Group’s strong contractual forward visibility of revenues, 
significant cash resources and strong cash conversion provide some 
inherent protection against unexpected shocks to the business model. 
In the event of these scenarios arising, various options are available to 
the Group in order to maintain liquidity, including: utilisation of 
undrawn debt facility; reduction to cost base; reduction to future 
investment capital expenditure; and amendment to dividend policy. 

The Directors have made their viability assessment based on the 
following key assumptions: 

• The political environment in which the NHS exists will not result in 

major structural change to the market in which the Group operates; and 

• Funding for the business will continue to be available in all plausible 

market conditions. 

Revenues are reduced by 10% due to customer attrition and staff costs 
are reduced by 5% from January 2022 in response to customer losses.

Link to principal risks and uncertainties: software (product development).

Taking into account the Group’s current position and principal risks 
and uncertainties, the Directors confirm that they have a reasonable 
expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and 
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 31 December 2024.

80

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

GOVERNANCEStatement of Directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the annual report and the financial statements

The Directors have decided to prepare voluntarily a Directors’ 
remuneration report in accordance with Schedule 8 of The Large 
and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) 
Regulations 2008 made under the Companies Act 2006, as if those 
requirements applied to the Company. The Directors have also decided 
to prepare voluntarily a corporate governance statement as if the 
Company were required to comply with the Listing Rules and the 
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the Financial 
Conduct Authority in relation to those matters. 

Under applicable law and regulations, the Directors are also responsible 
for preparing a strategic report and a Directors’ report that complies 
with that law and those regulations. 

The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
corporate and financial information included on the Group’s website. 
Legislation in the UK governing the preparation and dissemination of 
financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions. 

We consider the annual report and accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, 
balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary 
for shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy. 

On behalf of the Board

Andy Thorburn 
Chief Executive Officer  
17 March 2021 

Peter Southby
Chief Financial Officer
17 March 2021

The Directors are responsible for preparing the annual report and the 
Group and parent company financial statements in accordance with 
applicable law and regulations. 

Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and parent 
company financial statements for each financial year. Under the AIM 
Rules of the London Stock Exchange they are required to prepare the 
Group financial statements in accordance with international accounting 
standards in conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 
2006 and applicable law and they have elected to prepare the parent 
company financial statements on the same basis. 

Under company law the Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and parent company and of their 
profit or loss for that period. In preparing each of the Group and parent 
company financial statements, the Directors are required to: 

• Select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently; 

• Make judgements and estimates that are reasonable, relevant 

and reliable; 

• State whether they have been prepared in accordance with 
international accounting standards in conformity with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006;

• Assess the Group and parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern; and 

• Use the going concern basis of accounting unless they either intend 

to liquidate the Group or the parent company or to cease operations, 
or have no realistic alternative but to do so. 

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the parent company’s 
transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the 
financial position of the parent company and enable them to ensure 
that its financial statements comply with the Companies Act 2006. 
They are responsible for such internal control as they determine is 
necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are 
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and 
have general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably 
open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group and to prevent 
and detect fraud and other irregularities. 

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

81

 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report
to the members of EMIS Group plc

1.  Our opinion is unmodified 
We have audited the financial statements of EMIS Group plc (“the 
Company”) for the year ended 31 December 2020 which comprise 
the Group statement of comprehensive income, the Group and parent 
Company balance sheets, The Group and parent Company statements 
of cash flows, the Group and parent Company statements of changes in 
equity and the related notes, including the accounting policies in note 1. 

Overview

Materiality: 
group financial 
statements as a whole

£1.6million (2019:£1.6million)
4.5% (2019: 4.9%) of Group profit before tax 
and exceptional items

Coverage

96% (2019: 91%) of group profit before tax 
and exceptional items

vs 2019

Revenue recognition

Recoverability parent 
company’s investment 
in subsidiaries and 
amounts owed by 
subsidiary companies

In our opinion: 
• the financial statements give a true and fair view of the state of the 

Key audit matters 

Recurring risks

Group’s and of the parent Company’s affairs as at 31 December 2020 
and of the Group’s profit for the year then ended; 

New risk

• the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in 

accordance with international accounting standards in conformity with 
the requirements of the Companies Act 2006; 

• the parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared 
in accordance with international accounting standards in conformity 
with the requirements of, and as applied in accordance with the 
provisions of, the Companies Act 2006; and 

• the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the 

requirements of the Companies Act 2006. 

Basis for opinion 
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on 
Auditing (UK) (“ISAs (UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities are 
described below. We have fulfilled our ethical responsibilities under, 
and are independent of the Group in accordance with, UK ethical 
requirements including the FRC Ethical Standard as applied to listed 
entities. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is a 
sufficient and appropriate basis for our opinion.

82

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Key audit matters: our assessment of risks of material misstatement
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements and 
include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by us, including those which had the 
greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These 
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters. In arriving at our audit opinion above, the key audit matters, in decreasing order of audit significance, 
were as follows: 

The risk

Our response

Revenue recognition
(£159.5 million; 2019: 
£159.5 million)

Refer to page 93 (accounting policy) 
and page 99 (financial disclosures)

Processing error
Revenue consists of fees earned on the sale 
of software, hardware and associated services. 
There are a high number of contracts and 
transactions and the process of recording accrued 
and deferred revenue is manual in nature.

The effect of this matter is that we have to 
spend a significant proportion of audit effort on 
this balance which is the most material number 
in the Consolidated Income Statement, and 
therefore we consider this to be an area that 
had the greatest effect on the audit.

Recoverability parent 
company’s investment 
in subsidiaries and 
amounts owed by 
subsidiary companies
Investment in subsidiaries: 
£106.9million; 2019: £96.8million)

Amounts owed by subsidiary  
companies: £10.8million (2019: 
£13.7 million)

Refer to page 96 (accounting policy) 
and page 105 (financial disclosures).

Low risk, High value:
The carrying amount of the parent company’s 
investments in subsidiaries and amounts owed 
by subsidiary companies represent 77% (2019: 
79%) of the company’s total assets. 

Their recoverability is not at a high risk of 
significant misstatement. However, due to their 
materiality in the context of the parent 
Company financial statements, this is considered 
to be the area that had the greatest effect on 
our overall parent Company audit.

We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely on 
any of the group’s controls because the nature of the balance 
is such that we would expect to obtain audit evidence 
primarily through the detailed procedures described.

Our procedures included: 

• Tests of detail: Using computer assisted audit techniques 

to analyse the entire population of material revenue 
streams to focus on unexpected revenue transactions or 
transactions with unusual attributes and assessed whether 
these postings were appropriate;

• Tests of details: Assessing the appropriateness of 
deferred and accrued income at the year end with 
reference to the prior year and our knowledge of the 
billing pattern of each revenue stream; and 

• Assessing transparency: Considering the adequacy of the 
Group’s disclosures, in respect of the revenue recognition 
policies and revenue streams.

We performed the tests below rather than seeking to rely 
on any of the company’s controls because the nature of 
the balance is such that we would expect to obtain audit 
evidence primarily through the detailed procedures described

Our procedures included: 

• Tests of detail: Comparing the carrying amount of 100% 

of investments and amounts owed by subsidiary 
companies with the relevant subsidiaries’ draft balance 
sheet to identify whether their net assets, being an 
approximation of their minimum recoverable amount, were 
in excess of their carrying amount and assessing whether 
those subsidiaries have historically been profit making. 

For the investments and amounts owed by subsidiary 
companies where the carrying amount exceeded the net 
asset value, our procedures included:

• Tests of detail: Comparing the carrying amount of 

investments with an estimate of value in use based on 
forecast future cash flows.

• Benchmarking assumptions: We challenged the Group’s 
assumptions in relation to key inputs such as projected 
growth and discount rates to externally derived data; and

• Assessing transparency: We also assessed whether the 
Group’s disclosures about the sensitivity of the outcome 
of the impairment assessment to changes in key 
assumptions reflected the risks inherent in the valuation 
of investment in subsidiaries and amounts owed by 
subsidiary companies.

We no longer perform procedures over the valuation of the financial liability in respect of the put option over a non controlling interest in Dovetail 
Digital Limited as the Group settled the option in 2020. See note 25.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

83

Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of EMIS Group plc

3. Our application of materiality and an overview of 
the scope of our audit
Materiality for the group financial statements as a whole was set at 
£1.6 million (2019: £1.6m), determined with reference to a benchmark 
of profit before tax and exceptional items (of which it represents 4.5% 
(2019 4.9%).

Group profit before tax 
and exceptional items
£35.9million (2019: £32.4million)

Materiality for the parent company financial statements as a whole was 
set at £1.2 million (2019: £1.2 million), determined with reference to a 
benchmark of parent company net assets, of which it represents 1.0% 
(2019: 1.3%).

In line with our audit methodology, our procedures on individual 
account balances and disclosures were performed to a lower threshold, 
performance materiality, so as to reduce to an acceptable level the risk 
that individually immaterial misstatements in individual account balances 
add up to a material amount across the financial statements as a whole. 

Performance materiality was set at 75% (2019 : 75%) of materiality for 
the financial statements as a whole, which equates to £1.2 million (2019 
: £1.2 million) for the group and £0.9 million (2019 : £0.9 million) for the 
parent Company.

We applied this percentage in our determination of performance 
materiality because we did not identify any factors indicating an 
elevated level of risk.

We agreed to report to the Audit Committee any corrected or 
uncorrected identified misstatements exceeding £0.08 million 
(2019: £0.08 million), in addition to other identified misstatements 
that warranted reporting on qualitative grounds.

Of the group’s 22 (2019: 22) reporting components, we subjected 
5 (2019: 9) to full scope audits for group purposes.

The components within the scope of our work accounted for the 
percentages illustrated opposite.

For the residual 17 components, we performed analysis at an 
aggregated group level to re-examine our assessment that there 
were no significant risks of material misstatement within these.

The work on all components subject to full scope audits for Group purposes, 
including the audit of the parent Company, was performed by the Group 
team using component materialities that ranged from £1.36 million to 
£0.05 million (2019: £1.36 million to £0.02 million), having regard to the 
mix of size and risk profile of the Group across the components.

Group materiality
Group materiality 
£1.60million 
(2019: £1.60million)

£1.60million
Whole financial 
statements materiality 
(2019: £1.60million)

£1.20million
Whole financial 
statements performance 
materiality 
(2019: £1.20million)

£1.36million
Range of materiality 
at 5 components 
(£1.36million - 
£0.05million) 
(2019: £1.36million 
to £0.02million)

£0.08million
Misstatements reported 
to the audit committee 
(2019: £0.08million)

GROUP PROFIT 
BEFORE TAX AND 
EXCEPTIONAL ITEMS

96%

I9696+
9191+

(2019: 91%)

96
91

96
91

9595++55++II

   Profit before tax 

and exceptional items

  Group materiality

GROUP REVENUE

99
92

(2019: 92%)

99%

I99+99+
92+92+
I9595+
9999+

95%

(2019: 99%)

95
99

GROUP TOTAL ASSETS

   Full scope for group audit purposes 2019

   Full scope for group audit purposes 2020

  Residual components

84

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS8
8
+
+
I
1
+
1
+
I
I
+
1
1
+
+
I
5
+
5
+
+
I
I
+
9
9
+
+
I
+
4
+
4
+
I
I
4. Going concern
The Directors have prepared the financial statements on the going 
concern basis as they do not intend to liquidate the Group or the 
Company or to cease their operations, and as they have concluded that 
the Group and the Company’s financial position means that this is 
realistic. They have also concluded that there are no material 
uncertainties that could have cast significant doubt over their ability to 
continue as a going concern for at least a year from the date of approval 
of the financial statements (“the going concern period”). 

We used our knowledge of the Group, its industry, and the general 
economic environment to identify the inherent risks to its business 
model and analysed how those risks might affect the Group’s and 
Company’s financial resources or ability to continue operations over 
the going concern period. The risk that we considered most likely to 
adversely affect the Group’s and Company’s available financial 
resources over this period was lower than expected trading volumes.

5. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – 
ability to detect
Identifying and responding to risks of material 
misstatement due to fraud
To identify risks of material misstatement due to fraud (“fraud risks”) we 
assessed events or conditions that could indicate an incentive or pressure 
to commit fraud or provide an opportunity to commit fraud. Our risk 
assessment procedures included:

• Enquiring of directors, the audit committee, internal audit and 

inspection of policy documentation as to the Group’s high-level 
policies and procedures to prevent and detect fraud, including the 
internal audit function, and the Group’s channel for “whistleblowing”, 
as well as whether they have knowledge of any actual, suspected or 
alleged fraud.

• Reading Board, audit committee and remuneration committee minutes.

We considered whether these risks could plausibly affect the liquidity 
in the going concern period by assessing the degree of downside 
assumption that, individually and collectively, could result in a liquidity 
issue, taking into account the Group’s current and projected cash and 
facilities (a reverse stress test). We also assessed the completeness of 
the going concern disclosure.

• Considering remuneration incentive schemes and performance 

targets for directors including the EPS and TSR targets for 
management remuneration.

We communicated identified fraud risks throughout the audit team 
and remained alert to any indications of fraud throughout the audit.

Our conclusions based on this work:

• we consider that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of 

accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is 
appropriate;

• we have not identified, and concur with the directors’ assessment 

that there is not, a material uncertainty related to events or 
conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt 
on the Group’s or Company’s ability to continue as a going concern 
for the going concern period; and

• we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the 
directors’ statement in note 1 to the financial statements on the use 
of the going concern basis of accounting with no material 
uncertainties that may cast significant doubt over the Group and 
Company’s use of that basis for the going concern period, and we 
found the going concern disclosure in note 1 to be acceptable.

However, as we cannot predict all future events or conditions and as 
subsequent events may result in outcomes that are inconsistent with 
judgements that were reasonable at the time they were made, the 
above conclusions are not a guarantee that the Group or the Company 
will continue in operation.

As required by auditing standards and taking into account possible 
pressures to meet profit targets and our overall knowledge of the control 
environment we perform procedures to address the risk of management 
override of controls, and the risk of fraudulent revenue recognition in 
particular the risk that revenue is recorded in the wrong period from 
subscription fees and the risk that Group management may be in a 
position to make inappropriate accounting entries.

We did not identify any additional fraud risks.

We also performed procedures including: 

Identifying journal entries and other adjustments to test based on risk criteria 
and comparing the identified entries to supporting documentation for all 
full scope components. These included those posted to unusual accounts.

Selecting a sample of accrued and deferred revenue entries across the 
Group and agreeing to supporting documentation to ensure accounting 
treatment was in line with IFRS 15.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

85

Independent auditor’s report continued
to the members of EMIS Group plc

5. Fraud and breaches of laws and regulations – 
ability to detect continued
Identifying and responding to risks of material 
misstatement due to non-compliance with laws 
and regulations
We identified areas of laws and regulations that could reasonably be 
expected to have a material effect on the financial statements from our 
general commercial and sector experience and through discussion with 
the directors and other management (as required by auditing standards), 
and from inspection of the Group’s regulatory and legal correspondence 
and discussed with the directors and other management the policies 
and procedures regarding compliance with laws and regulations. 

We communicated identified laws and regulations throughout our team 
and remained alert to any indications of non-compliance throughout 
the audit. 

The potential effect of these laws and regulations on the financial 
statements varies considerably.

Firstly, the Group is subject to laws and regulations that directly affect 
the financial statements including financial reporting legislation 
(including related companies legislation), distributable profits legislation 
and taxation legislation and we assessed the extent of compliance with 
these laws and regulations as part of our procedures on the related 
financial statement items. 

Secondly, the Group is subject to many other laws and regulations 
where the consequences of non-compliance could have a material 
effect on amounts or disclosures in the financial statements, for 
instance through the imposition of fines or litigation. We identified the 
following areas as those most likely to have such an effect: health and 
safety, anti-bribery, data protection, employment law and certain 
aspects of company legislation. Auditing standards limit the required 
audit procedures to identify non-compliance with these laws and 
regulations to enquiry of the directors and other management and 
inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence, if any. Therefore if a 
breach of operational regulations is not disclosed to us or evident from 
relevant correspondence, an audit will not detect that breach.

Context of the ability of the audit to detect fraud or 
breaches of law or regulation
Owing to the inherent limitations of an audit, there is an unavoidable 
risk that we may not have detected some material misstatements in 
the financial statements, even though we have properly planned and 
performed our audit in accordance with auditing standards. For 
example, the further removed non-compliance with laws and 
regulations is from the events and transactions reflected in the financial 
statements, the less likely the inherently limited procedures required by 
auditing standards would identify it. 

In addition, as with any audit, there remained a higher risk of non-
detection of fraud, as these may involve collusion, forgery, intentional 
omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of internal controls. Our 
audit procedures are designed to detect material misstatement. We are 
not responsible for preventing non-compliance or fraud and cannot be 
expected to detect non-compliance with all laws and regulations.

6. We have nothing to report on the other information 
in the Annual Report
The directors are responsible for the other information presented in the 
Annual Report together with the financial statements. Our opinion on 
the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except as explicitly 
stated below, any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, 
consider whether, based on our financial statements audit work, the 
information therein is materially misstated or inconsistent with the 
financial statements or our audit knowledge. Based solely on that work 
we have not identified material misstatements in the other information.

Strategic report and directors’ report 
Based solely on our work on the other information: 

• we have not identified material misstatements in the strategic report 

and the directors’ report; 

• in our opinion the information given in those reports for the financial 

year is consistent with the financial statements; and 

• in our opinion those reports have been prepared in accordance with 

the Companies Act 2006. 

Disclosures of emerging and principal risks and 
longer-term viability 
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is 
a material inconsistency between the directors’ disclosures in respect 
of emerging and principal risks and the viability statement, and the 
financial statements and our audit knowledge. 

Based on those procedures, we have nothing material to add or draw 
attention to in relation to: 

• the directors’ confirmation within the viability statement that they 
have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging and principal 
risks facing the Group, including those that would threaten its 
business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity; 

• the Principal risks and uncertainties disclosures describing these risks 
and how emerging risks are identified, and explaining how they are 
being managed and mitigated; and 

• the directors’ explanation in the viability statement of how they have 
assessed the prospects of the Group, over what period they have 
done so and why they considered that period to be appropriate, and 
their statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation 
that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
liabilities as they fall due over the period of their assessment, 
including any related disclosures drawing attention to any necessary 
qualifications or assumptions.

Our work is limited to assessing these matters in the context of only the 
knowledge acquired during our financial statements audit. As we cannot 
predict all future events or conditions and as subsequent events may 
result in outcomes that are inconsistent with judgements that were 
reasonable at the time they were made, the absence of anything to 
report on these statements is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and 
Company’s longer-term viability. 

86

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS6. We have nothing to report on the other information 
in the Annual Report continued
Corporate governance disclosures
We are required to perform procedures to identify whether there is a 
material inconsistency between the directors’ corporate governance 
disclosures and the financial statements and our audit knowledge.

Based on those procedures, we have concluded that each of the 
following is materially consistent with the financial statements and 
our audit knowledge: 

• the directors’ statement that they consider that the annual report 
and financial statements taken as a whole is fair, balanced and 
understandable and provides the information necessary for 
shareholders to assess the Group’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy; or 

• the section of the annual report describing the work of the Audit 

Committee does not appropriately address matters communicated by 
us to the Audit Committee, and how these issues were addressed; and

• the section of the annual report that describes the review of 

the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal 
control systems.

7. We have nothing to report on the other matters 
on which we are required to report by exception
Under the Companies Act 2006, we are required to report to you if, 
in our opinion:

• adequate accounting records have not been kept by the parent 

Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received 
from branches not visited by us; or 

• the parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with 

the accounting records and returns; or 

• certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not 

made; or 

• we have not received all the information and explanations we require 

for our audit.

We have nothing to report in these respects

8. Respective responsibilities
Directors’ responsibilities 
As explained more fully in their statement set out on page 81, the 
directors are responsible for: the preparation of the financial statements 
including being satisfied that they give a true and fair view; such 
internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from material 
misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; assessing the Group and 
parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as 
applicable, matters related to going concern; and using the going 
concern basis of accounting unless they either intend to liquidate the 
Group or the parent Company or to cease operations, or have no 
realistic alternative but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities 
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, 
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue our opinion in an auditor’s 
report. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but does not 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will 
always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements 
can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually 
or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the financial statements.

A fuller description of our responsibilities is provided on the FRC’s 
website at www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities.

9. The purpose of our audit work and to whom we owe 
our responsibilities 
This report is made solely to the Company’s members, as a body, in 
accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006. Our 
audit work has been undertaken so that we might state to the 
Company’s members those matters we are required to state to them in 
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent 
permitted by law, we do not accept or assume responsibility to anyone 
other than the Company and the Company’s members, as a body, for 
our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions we have formed.

Frances Simpson (Senior Statutory Auditor) 
for and on behalf of KPMG LLP, Statutory Auditor 
Chartered Accountants 
1 Sovereign Square 
Sovereign Street 
Leeds 
LS1 4DA 
17 March 2021

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

87

Group statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Continuing operations
Revenue
Costs:
Changes in inventories
Cost of goods and services
Staff costs1
Other operating expenses2
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Amortisation of intangible assets

Adjusted operating profit
Development costs capitalised
Amortisation of intangible assets3
Reorganisation costs
Release of contingent acquisition consideration

Operating profit
Finance income
Finance costs
Share of result of joint venture and associate
Other income4

Profit before taxation
Income tax expense

Profit for the period from continuing operations

Profit from discontinued operation, net of tax

Profit for the period

Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Currency translation differences

Other comprehensive income

Total comprehensive income for the year

Attributable to:
– Equity holders of the parent
– Non-controlling interest in subsidiary company

Total comprehensive income for the year

Earnings per share attributable to equity holders of the parent

Basic
Basic diluted
Basic – continuing operations
Basic diluted – continuing operations
Adjusted
Adjusted diluted

Notes

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

5

159,453

159,507

9

14

9, 14
14

25

6
7
8
17, 18

10

(47)
(20,288)
(63,374)
(22,628)
(5,089)
(12,251)

39,266
6,590
(11,100)
—
1,020

35,776
89
(590)
858
782

36,915
(6,794)

(607)
(14,800)
(67,519)
(27,599)
(6,822)
(15,333)

39,273
7,363
(14,449)
(5,360)
—

26,827
97
(595)
742
—

27,071
(5,022)

30,121

22,049

—

476

30,121

22,525

(41)

(41)

(182)

(182)

30,080

22,343

30,207
(127)

22,476
(133)

30,080

22,343

Pence

Pence

11
11
11
11
11
11

48.1
47.6
48.1
47.6
51.0
50.4

36.0
35.8
35.3
35.1
51.4
51.1

1  Including exceptional reorganisation costs of £nil (2019: £4,160,000).

2   Including an exceptional credit from release of contingent acquisition consideration of £1,020,000 (2019: £nil) and exceptional reorganisation costs of £nil 

(2019: £1,200,000).

3  Excluding amortisation of computer software used internally of £1,151,000 (2019: £884,000).

4  During the year the Group received £782,000 of previously unrecognised additional consideration in relation to the prior year disposal of the Specialist & Care business.

The notes on pages 92 to 114 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

88

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGroup and parent company balance sheets
as at 31 December 2020

Non-current assets
Goodwill
Other intangible assets
Property, plant and equipment
Investments
Amounts owed by subsidiary companies
Investment in joint venture and associate

Current assets
Inventories
Current tax assets
Trade and other receivables
Property asset held for sale
Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Deferred income
Current tax liabilities
Other financial liabilities
Lease liabilities
Amounts owed to subsidiary companies

Non-current liabilities
Deferred tax liability
Other financial liabilities
Lease liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets

Equity
Ordinary share capital
Share premium
Own shares held in trust
Retained earnings
Other reserve

Equity attributable to owners of the parent
Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Group

Company

Notes

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

13
14
15
16

17, 18

52,177
33,118
19,870
—
—
353

47,969
34,376
18,399
—
—
345

—
1,466
—
106,872
10,759
—

—
2,211
—
96,813
13,726
—

105,518

101,089

119,097

112,750

19

21

25
28

24
25
28

26
26

613
3,556
29,993
—
53,008

87,170

657
—
33,047
2,475
31,099

67,278

—
—
5,195
—
29,113

34,308

—
—
6,047
—
20,852

26,899

192,688

168,367

153,405

139,649

(31,219)
(29,161)
—
(2,000)
(990)
—

(23,437) 
(28,820)
(2,323)
(480)
(640)
— 

(1,443)
—
—
(2,000)
—
(44,779)

(1,297)
—
—
(480)
—
(38,252)

(63,370)

(55,700)

(48,222)

(40,029)

(2,289)
(2,000)
(5,891)

(10,180)

(1,467)
(3,708)
(3,294)

(8,469)

—
(2,000)
—

(2,000)

—
(3,708)
—

(3,708)

(73,550)

(64,169)

(50,222)

(43,737)

119,138

104,198

103,183

95,912

633
51,045
(3,594)
69,260
1,794

633
51,045
(5,021)
57,118
147

633
51,045
—
49,286
2,219

119,138
—

103,922
276

103,183
—

119,138

104,198

103,183

633
51,045
—
43,703
531

95,912
—

95,912

The notes on pages 92 to 114 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

The financial statements on pages 88 to 114 were approved by the Board of Directors and authorised for issue on 17 March 2021 and are signed 
on its behalf by:

Andy Thorburn 
Chief Executive Officer  

Peter Southby
Chief Financial Officer

Company number 06553923 (England and Wales)

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

89

 
Group and parent company statements of cash flows
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Group

Company

Profit/(loss) before taxation 
Finance income
Finance costs
Share of result of joint venture 
Other income
Gain on sale of investment in subsidiary
Dividends received

Operating profit/(loss) 
Operating profit of discontinued operation
Adjustment for non-cash items
Amortisation of intangible assets
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Release of contingent acquisition consideration
Impairment loss on remeasurement of property asset held for sale
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment
Share-based payments

Operating cash flow before changes in working capital
Changes in working capital
Decrease in inventory
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
Increase in trade and other payables
Decrease in deferred income

Adjusted cash generated from/(used in) operations
Development costs capitalised
Cash cost of exceptional items

Cash generated from/(used in) operations
Finance costs
Finance income
Tax paid

Net cash generated from/(used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities
Purchase of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment
Development costs capitalised 
Purchase of software
Increase in loan from subsidiary companies
Dividends received
Business combination
Acquisition of associate
Disposal of discontinued operation, net of cash disposed of

Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities
Transactions in own shares held in trust
Payment of lease liabilities
Deferred contingent consideration
Dividends paid
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
Decrease/(increase) in loan to Employee Benefit Trust

Net cash used in financing activities

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Notes

2020
£’000

36,915
(89)
590
(858)
(782)
—
—

35,776
—

12,251
5,089
(1,020)
—
43
1,440

53,579

47
3,197
7,751
(436)

58,851
6,590
(1,303)

64,138
(141)
87
(11,684)

2019
£’000

27,071
(97)
595
(742)
—
—
—

26,827
162

15,498
7,001
—
254
544
1,290

51,576

607
(316)
2,623
(4,431)

46,332
7,363
(3,636)

50,059
(186)
93
(4,466)

52,400

45,500

2020
£’000

23,039
(256)
160
—
(782)
—
(22,650)

2019
£’000

(684)
(259)
181
—
—
(732)
—

(489)
—

(1,494)
—

745
—
(1,020)
—
—
—

(764)

—
(211)
211
—

(764)
—
—

(764)
(115)
256
—

(623)

—
—
—
—
9,467
22,650
(3,753)
—
782

742
—
—
—
—
—

(752)

—
(226)
361
—

(617)
—
—

(617)
(125)
259
—

(483)

—
—
—
—
29,369
—
—
(190)
13,665

(4,983)
151
(7,363) 
(773)
—
700
—
(190)
6,203

(2,449)
2,500
(6,590)
(452)
—
850
(2,880)
—
782

(8,239)

474
(1,511)
(800)
(19,860)
(555)
—

32

25
12
25

(6,255)

29,146

42,844

(3,069)
(940)
(1,012)
(18,745)
—
—

—
—
(800)
(19,860)
(555)
953

—
—
(1,012)
(18,745)
—
(2,542)

(22,252)

(23,766)

(20,262)

(22,299)

21,909
31,099

53,008

15,479
15,620

31,099

8,261
20,852

29,113

20,062
790

20,852

The notes on pages 92 to 114 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

90

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGroup and parent company statements of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 December 2020

Group

At 1 January 2019
Adjustment on initial application of IFRS 16
Profit for the year
Transactions with owners 
Share acquisitions less sales
Share-based payments
Deferred tax in relation to share-based payments
Dividends paid (note 12)
Option over non-controlling interest (note 25)
Other comprehensive income
Currency translation differences

At 31 December 2019
Profit for the year
Changes in ownership interest
Non-controlling interest acquisition (note 25)
Transactions with owners 
Share acquisitions less sales
Share-based payments
Deferred tax in relation to share-based payments
Dividends paid (note 12)
Contingent acquisition consideration (note 25)
Option over non-controlling interest (note 25)
Other comprehensive income
Currency translation differences

Share
capital
£’000

633
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—

Share Own shares
premium held in trust
£’000

£’000

51,045
—
—

—
— 
— 
— 
—

—

(1,913)
—
—

(3,108)
—
—
—
—

—

(5,021)
—

Retained
earnings
£’000

51,884
(125)
22,658

—
1,290
156
(18,745)
—

—

57,118
30,248

Other
reserve
£’000

611
—
—

Non-
controlling
interest
£’000 

Total
equity
£’000

399
—
(133)

102,659
(125)
22,525

—
—
—
—
(282)

(182)

147
—

10
—
—
—
—

—

(3,098)
1,290
156
(18,745)
(282)

(182)

276
(127)

104,198
30,121

—

(406)

—

(149)

(555)

1,427
—
—
—
—
—

—
1,440
40
(19,860)
680
—

—
—
—
—
(1,000)
2,688

—

—

(41)

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

1,427
1,440
40
(19,860)
(320)
2,688

(41)

119,138

633
—

51,045
—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—
 —
—
—
—
—

—

At 31 December 2020

633

51,045

(3,594)

69,260

1,794

Company

At 1 January 2019
Loss for the year 
Transactions with owners
Share-based payments
Dividends paid (note 12)
Option over non-controlling interest (note 25)

At 31 December 2019
Profit for the year 
Transactions with owners
Share-based payments
Dividends paid (note 12)
Contingent acquisition consideration (note 25)
Option over non-controlling interest (note 25)

At 31 December 2020

Share
capital
£’000

633
—

—
—
—

633
—

—
—
—
—

Share
premium
£’000

51,045
—

—
—
—

51,045
—

—
—
—
—

Retained
earnings
£’000

61,563
(405)

1,290
(18,745)
—

43,703
23,323

1,440
(19,860)
680
—

Other
reserve
£’000

Total
equity
£’000

813
—

114,054
(405)

—
—
(282)

531
—

—
—
(1,000)
2,688

1,290
(18,745)
(282)

95,912
23,323

1,440
(19,860)
(320)
2,688

633

51,045

49,286

2,219

103,183

The notes on pages 92 to 114 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

91

Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2020

1. Summary of significant accounting policies
The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these financial statements are set out below. These policies have been applied 
consistently to all periods presented.

1.1 Basis of preparation
The financial statements of the Group and parent company have been prepared in accordance with international accounting standards in 
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (“adopted IFRS”). 

For the Group statement of comprehensive income, in addition to the results presented in accordance with adopted IFRS, the Board has also 
disclosed information on what it regards as the underlying performance of the business. Further details on these alternative performance 
measures (APMs) are provided on page 22.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with adopted IFRS requires the use of accounting estimates and judgements that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and of revenues and expenses. It also requires management to exercise its judgement in the application of 
accounting policies. The critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty in the 2020 financial statements are set out in note 2.

Going Concern
The Group is profitable and it is anticipated that this will continue. There is a high and continuing level of recurring revenue and high cash conversion.

The Directors have prepared cash flow forecasts covering a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of these financial 
statements. These forecasts, including consideration of reasonably possible downside scenarios linked to the principal risks and uncertainties set 
out in the strategic report, and sensitised non-recurring revenues reflecting plausible impacts of Covid-19 on the ability of the Group to deliver 
implementations, show that the Group will continue to operate with significant cash reserves and would not need to utilise the facility in place 
(see note 22). Based on this assessment the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group and Company have adequate resources to 
continue existence for at least 12 months from the date of approval of these financial statements and therefore continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.

1.2 Parent company statement of comprehensive income
As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the parent company has not presented its own statement of comprehensive income. 
The profit of the parent company for the year was £23,323,000 (2019: loss of £405,000).

1.3 Changes in accounting policy and disclosure
(a) New and amended standards adopted by the Group
The Group has adopted the following new standards, amendments or interpretations in these financial statements:

• Definition of Material – amendments to IAS 1 and IAS 8

• Definition of a Business – amendments to IFRS 3

• Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7

• Revised Conceptual Framework for Financial Reporting

None of these standards has had a material impact on the financial statements. 

(b) Adopted IFRS not yet applied
A number of new standards, amendments or interpretations have been issued but are not mandatory for the year ended 31 December 2020 
and consequently have not been applied by the Group in these financial statements. These standards are not expected to have a material impact 
on the Group’s results.

• Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2018-2020 Cycle

• Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7: Interest Rate Benchmark Reform

1.4 Basis of consolidation
The Group financial statements consolidate those of the Company and of its subsidiary undertakings drawn up to 31 December 2020. 

Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities over which the Company has power, to which the Company has exposure or rights to variable returns and where the Company 
has an ability to use its power to affect those returns. The Group uses the acquisition method of accounting to account for business combinations. The 
consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests 
issued by the Group. The consideration transferred includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration 
arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred. Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a 
business combination are measured initially at their fair value at the acquisition date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the 
acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets on an acquisition-by-acquisition basis.

The excess of the consideration transferred and the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the separable identifiable 
net assets acquired and liabilities incurred or assumed at the acquisition date is recorded as purchased goodwill. Provision is made for any impairment. 
Accounting policies previously applied by acquired subsidiaries are changed as necessary to comply with accounting policies adopted by the Group.

Intra-group transactions, balances and unrealised gains and losses on transactions between Group companies are eliminated on consolidation. 

In the parent company balance sheet, investments in subsidiaries are recorded at cost and are tested for impairment when there is objective 
evidence of impairment. Any such impairment losses are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they occur. 

The EMIS Group plc Employee Benefit Trust is treated as a separate legal entity within the Group consolidation.

92

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS1. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.4 Basis of consolidation continued
Joint ventures and associates
A joint venture is a contractual arrangement whereby the Group and other parties undertake economic activities that are subject to “joint control”, 
which means that the strategic financial and operating policy decisions relating to the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the 
parties sharing control. An associate is an entity in which the Group has significant influence, but not control or joint control, over the financial and 
operating policies.

Investments in joint ventures and associates are recognised in the Group financial statements using the equity method of accounting and initially 
carried on the balance sheet at cost, including any transaction costs. The carrying value of investments (including any goodwill) is tested for 
impairment when there is objective evidence of impairment and is stated net of any impairment loss. The Group’s share of post-acquisition profits 
or losses is recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income and its share of post-acquisition movements in reserves is recognised in 
reserves. Where necessary, adjustments are made to bring the accounting policies used into line with those used by the Group.

1.5 Operating segments
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating decision-maker. The chief 
operating decision-maker, who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified 
as the main Board.

1.6 Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognised at the fair value of the right to the consideration received or receivable for goods sold and services provided in the normal course 
of business during the year. Revenue is shown net of value added tax, returns, rebates and discounts and after eliminating sales within the Group.

The Group recognises revenue when (or as) control of goods or services passes to the customer in accordance with when distinct performance 
obligations are met, and at the amount to which the Group expects to be entitled. Specific criteria in respect of the Group’s revenue categories 
are described below:

• Revenue from subscription fees that contain a right to access software (non-perpetual licences), maintenance and software support and other 

support services is recognised on a straight-line basis as performance obligations are met over the period of supply. Advertising revenues generated 
in the Patient business are recognised as advertisements are displayed.

• Revenue from training, consultancy and system implementations, and revenue from granting a right of use of software (perpetual licences), 
is recognised at the point in time that delivery to a customer has occurred with no significant vendor obligations remaining and where the 
collection of the resulting receivable is considered probable. For long-term software installation contracts (principally within Acute Care), 
revenue is recognised according to the stage of completion which is measured based on delivery of certain milestones with observable 
acceptance criteria.

• In determining whether a right of use or a right of access to software has been granted the Group considers whether the contract requires, or 

the customer reasonably expects that the Group will undertake activities that significantly affect the software to which the customer has rights, 
whether those activities would impact the customer, and whether those activities would result in a transfer of a service to the customer as they 
occur. If all these criteria are met, the Group deems there to have been a grant of a right of access to software and revenue is therefore 
recognised over the period of supply.

• Revenue from interface and connectivity services is recognised over time, as the performance obligations are delivered. Progress is measured 

using either an input method (where there are significant upfront requirements in order for the Group to deliver obligations under the contract) 
or on a straight line basis over the contract term. 

• Revenue from hardware sales is recognised at the point in time when ownership passes.

Where invoices are raised in advance of the performance obligations being satisfied, these are recorded on the balance sheet as deferred income. 
This deferred income relates predominantly to services which are recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of supply. These services are 
typically invoiced at the beginning of the provision of service and the associated revenue is recognised over this period. These are captured within 
current liabilities on the basis that they are expected to be recognised in revenue over the next twelve months. 

Where Group recognition criteria have been met but no invoice to the customer has been raised at the reporting date, revenue is recognised and 
included as accrued income, within trade and other receivables.

1.7 Intangible assets
(a) Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition of a subsidiary compared with the fair value at the date of acquisition of the 
identifiable net assets acquired. Goodwill does not have a finite life and is not subject to amortisation. It is reviewed annually for impairment 
and whenever there is an indication that there may be impairment.

Any impairment is recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income and is not subsequently reversed. For the purpose of 
impairment testing, goodwill is allocated to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from the 
business combination and which represent the lowest level within the entity at which the goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes.

(b) Computer software developed for external sale
Expenditure on software development is capitalised as an intangible asset if it meets the recognition criteria set out in IAS 38 Intangible Assets, requiring 
it to be probable that the expenditure will generate future economic benefits and can be measured reliably. To meet these criteria, it is necessary to be 
able to demonstrate, among other things, the technical feasibility of completing the intangible asset so that it will be available for use or sale. 

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

93

1. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.7 Intangible assets continued
(b) Computer software developed for external sale continued
The costs incurred in the development stage for substantially new or enhanced products are assessed against the IAS 38 criteria and considered 
for recognition as an asset when they meet those criteria. These costs are generally incurred in developing the detailed product design, software 
configuration and interfaces, in the coding of software, in its integration with hardware, and in its testing. Development expenditure directed 
towards incremental improvements in existing products, remedial work and other maintenance activity does not qualify for recognition as an 
intangible asset.

Where a product is technically feasible, production and sales are intended, a market exists and sufficient resources are available to complete the 
project, development costs (only direct employee costs) are capitalised and subsequently amortised on a straight-line basis over the estimated 
useful life, reflecting the pattern of the expected future economic benefits. Where these conditions are not met, development expenditure is 
recognised as an expense in the period in which it is incurred.

Capitalised development expenditure is stated at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The estimated useful life for development 
expenditure is generally between four and six years, based on the anticipated conditions in the market from which economic benefits are expected 
to be derived for each unique software product.

Development expenditure is capitalised in accordance with the criteria of IAS 38 and for this reason is not regarded as a realised loss.

(c) Other intangible assets 
Intangible assets acquired in a business combination are initially recognised at their fair value. Other intangible assets are initially recognised at 
cost. Intangible assets are subsequently stated at this value less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses. Amortisation is 
recognised in the statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset, as shown below:

Computer software used internally 
Computer software acquired on business combinations 
Customer relationships  

4–6 years
4–8 years
10–15 years

1.8 Property, plant and equipment 
Property, plant and equipment acquired with subsidiary companies are recognised at fair value at the date of acquisition. Other additions are 
recognised at purchase cost. Depreciation is provided on all property, plant and equipment, other than freehold land, to write assets down to 
their residual value on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives at the following annual rates:

Freehold property    
Leasehold property  
Computer equipment 
Fixtures, fittings and equipment 
Motor vehicles 

2%
Life of lease
16.67–33% 
10-25%

 20%

1.9 Impairment of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets excluding goodwill
At each year end, the Group reviews the carrying amounts of its property, plant and equipment and intangible assets to determine whether there 
is any indication that those assets have suffered an impairment loss. If any such indication exists, the recoverable amount of the asset is estimated 
in order to determine the extent of the impairment loss (if any). An impairment loss is recognised whenever the carrying amount of an asset, or its 
cash-generating unit, exceeds the asset’s recoverable amount. Impairment losses are recognised as an expense in the Group statement of 
comprehensive income. 

The recoverable amount of assets is the greater of fair value less costs to sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash 
flows are discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and 
the risks specific to the asset. For an asset that does not generate largely independent cash inflows, the recoverable amount is determined for the 
cash-generating unit to which the asset belongs. 

In the current financial year no impairment losses were recognised. In relation to one project, capitalised development costs with a carrying value 
of £2,368,000 are sensitive to future revenue forecasts, whereby a 1% reduction in future forecasted revenues would lead to a value in use 
reduction of approximately £200,000, and an equivalent impairment in the asset. 

1.10 Taxation
The taxation expense charged in the Group statement of comprehensive income represents the sum of the current tax expense and the deferred 
tax expense.

The current tax payable is based on the taxable profit for the year. Taxable profit differs from accounting profit as reported in the Group statement 
of comprehensive income because it includes or excludes items of income or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further 
excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The Group liability for current tax is measured using tax rates that have been enacted or 
substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.

Deferred tax is the tax expected to be payable or recoverable on differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial 
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit, and is accounted for using the balance sheet liability 
method. Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for all taxable temporary differences and deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is 
probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised. Such assets and liabilities are not 
recognised if the temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of goodwill or from the initial recognition (other than in a business 
combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction which affects neither the taxable profit nor the accounting profit.

94

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.10 Taxation continued
Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable temporary differences arising on investments in subsidiaries and associates, except where 
the Group is able to control the reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply to the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled, based upon tax 
rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date. Deferred tax is charged or credited in the Group statement of 
comprehensive income, except when it relates to items credited or charged directly to equity, in which case the deferred tax is also dealt with in equity.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and the deferred tax 
relates to income tax levied by the same tax authorities on either: 

• the same taxable entity; or

• different taxable entities which intend to settle current tax assets and liabilities on a net basis or to realise and settle them simultaneously in each 

future period when the deferred tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realised or settled. 

1.11 Share-based payments 
The Group operates both equity-settled and cash-settled share schemes for certain employees. The cost of share-based payments is initially 
measured at fair value at the date of grant, factoring in the impact of any market-based performance conditions. Non-market-based and service-
based vesting conditions are not taken into account when estimating fair value, but are factors in determining the number of share options that will 
eventually vest. The fair values are measured using the Black Scholes and Monte Carlo models. After initial measurement, fair values in relation to 
equity-settled schemes are not remeasured. Fair values in relation to cash-settled schemes are remeasured each reporting date and on settlement.

The cost of share-based payments is recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive income on a straight-line basis over the vesting period 
with the corresponding amount credited to equity or liabilities for equity-settled or cash-settled schemes respectively, based on an estimate of the 
number of shares that will eventually vest. The estimate of the level of vesting is reviewed annually and the charge is adjusted accordingly in 
respect of non-market-based vesting conditions. 

1.12 Retirement benefit costs 
Contributions payable by the Group during the period into its defined contribution pension plans are recognised in the Group statement of 
comprehensive income. Differences between contributions payable in the period and contributions actually paid are shown as either accruals 
or prepayments in the balance sheet.

1.13 Foreign currency
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of Group entities at the foreign exchange rate ruling at 
the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are retranslated to the 
functional currency at the foreign exchange rate ruling at that date. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are 
translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction. Non-monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies that are 
stated at fair value are retranslated to the functional currency at foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates the fair value was determined.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on consolidation, are translated to the Group’s 
presentational currency at foreign exchange rates ruling at the balance sheet date. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated at 
an average rate for the year where this rate approximates to the foreign exchange rates ruling at the dates of the transactions. Exchange differences 
arising from this translation of foreign operations are taken directly to the translation reserve. When a foreign operation is disposed of such that control 
is lost, the cumulative amount in the translation reserve is reclassified to the statement of comprehensive income as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

1.14 Exceptional items
Exceptional items are items of income and expense which are material and, due to their nature or size, are presented separately on the face of 
the income statement in order to provide a better understanding of the Group’s financial performance. Exceptional items are excluded from the 
Group’s alternative performance measures (APMs), as defined on page 22.

1.15 Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Net realisable value is based upon estimated selling price less further costs 
expected to be incurred to completion and disposal. Provision is made for obsolete and slow-moving items.

1.16 Own shares held in trust
The shares in the Company held by the EMIS Group plc Employee Benefit Trust are treated as treasury shares, stated at weighted average cost 
and presented as a reduction of shareholders’ equity (see note 26). Gains and losses on transactions in the Company’s own shares are taken 
directly to equity. 

1.17 Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Group balance sheet when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions 
of the instrument. 

(a) Financial assets
Trade receivables
Trade receivables are amounts due from customers for goods sold and services provided in the ordinary course of business. Trade receivables are 
recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less provision for expected 
credit losses. A provision for expected credit losses is established using the simplified approach under IFRS 9. Specific provisions are made against 
high-risk trade receivable balances, where balances are in dispute or where doubt exists about the customer’s ability to pay.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

95

1. Summary of significant accounting policies continued
1.17 Financial instruments continued
(a) Financial assets continued
Investments
Investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates are recorded at cost in the Company balance sheet. They are tested for impairment 
when there is objective evidence of impairment. Any impairment losses are recognised in the income statement in the period they occur.

Cash and cash equivalents
In the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and at bank, and bank overdrafts. There are no bank 
deposits with maturity dates of more than one month.

Assets held for sale
Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if it is highly probable that they will be recovered primarily through sale rather than through 
continuing use. Such assets are measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Impairment losses on initial 
classification as held for sale or held for distribution and subsequent gains and losses on remeasurement are recognised in profit or loss. Once 
classified as held for sale, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment are no longer amortised or depreciated.

(b) Financial liabilities
Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Accounts 
payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year. Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently 
measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, where this is different to the initial recognition value.

Bank borrowings
Bank loans are recorded initially at their fair value, net of issue costs. Issue costs are charged to the Group statement of comprehensive income 
over the term of the instrument at a constant rate on the carrying amount. Such instruments are subsequently carried at their amortised cost.

Equity instruments
Equity instruments issued by the Company are recorded at the fair value of the consideration received.

Contingent acquisition consideration
Consideration payable as part of the acquisition cost of a business combination is recognised at estimated fair value at the acquisition date. 
Subsequent changes in the measurement of cash-settled consideration are recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. Equity-settled 
consideration is not remeasured and subsequent settlement is accounted for in equity.

Put option arrangements
The potential cash payments related to put options issued by the Group over the non-controlling interest of subsidiary companies acquired are 
measured at estimated fair value and accounted for as financial liabilities. Subsequent to initial recognition, any changes to the carrying amount of 
non-controlling interest put option liabilities are recognised through equity.

1.18 Dividends 
Interim dividends are recognised as distributions in the accounts when paid. Final dividends are recognised in the accounts in the year in which 
they are approved by shareholders.

1.19 Leases
The Group leases property, office equipment and motor vehicles. The Group is not a lessor.

At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys 
the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration.

The Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at the lease commencement date. The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, 
which comprises the initial amount of the lease liability adjusted for any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, plus any initial 
direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset, less any lease incentives 
received. The right-of-use asset is subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date to the end of the lease term.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are not paid at the commencement date, discounted using 
the interest rate implicit in the lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate adjusted to reflect factors specific to the lease such as the term and the type of asset leased.

The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. In certain circumstances. the lease liability will be remeasured, 
such as when a change in the Group’s assessment of whether it will exercise a purchase or termination option takes place. When the lease liability 
is remeasured in this way, a corresponding adjustment is made to the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset, or is recorded in profit or loss if 
the carrying amount of the right-of-use asset has been reduced to zero.

The Group presents right-of-use assets that do not meet the definition of investment property in property, plant and equipment and lease 
liabilities on the face of the statement of financial position.

The Group has elected not to recognise right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases of low-value assets and short-term leases. The Group 
recognises the lease payments associated with these leases as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

2. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty
In preparing the 2020 financial statements no significant judgements have been made in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, 
and no significant estimations have been made that could have a material effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements.

96

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS2. Critical accounting judgements and key sources of estimation uncertainty continued
Following the acquisition of the remaining non-controlling interest in Dovetail Digital Limited, and the related de-recognition of the put option 
liability (see note 25), this is no longer considered to be a key source of estimation uncertainty. A source of estimation uncertainty is with regard 
to capitalised development costs.

Carrying amount of computer software developed for external sale
Computer software developed for external sale is a significant intangible asset, with a net book value of £16,736,000 at 31 December 2020 
(with the largest carrying values relating to the Group’s EMIS-X and ProScript Connect products). Estimates are required with regard to the period 
of time over which economic benefits are generated from it. If the useful economic life of all computer software developed for external sale was 
reduced by one year, the current year amortisation charge would increase by £885,000, and assets with a cost equating to approximately 44% of 
the 31 December 2020 net book value have not yet commenced amortisation. There were no significant changes to estimated useful economic 
lives during the year. Products/software development projects are unique, with eligibility for capitalisation separately considered for each. 
Typically amortisation commences when the software has been installed and is available for use, and the asset is then amortised over the period 
for which software is expected to be used by the customers and markets it serves.

3. Financial risk management
3.1 Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose it to financial risks including credit risk, liquidity risk, interest rate risk and price risk. The Group manages these risks 
through a risk management programme that seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s performance.

Exposure to financial risks is monitored by the finance team under policies approved by the Board and audit committee. An assessment of the risks 
is provided to the Board at regular intervals and is discussed to ensure that the risk mitigation procedures are compliant with Group policy and that 
any new risks are appropriately managed.

Credit risk
The Group’s credit risk is primarily attributable to its trade receivables, which are stated net of allowances for any estimated irrecoverable 
amounts. However, this risk is mitigated by payment being received in advance for a significant proportion of goods and services provided.

There is some concentration of risk, as the Group trades extensively with various parties within the National Health Service. However, the Group has 
longstanding relationships with these parties, which, in addition to the normal credit management processes, assist management in controlling its credit risk.

Credit risk also arises on cash and cash equivalents placed with the Group’s banks. The Group monitors the financial standing of any institution 
with which it deposits cash and has a formal treasury policy in place covering the maximum amount of cash to be placed with any one institution 
and the minimum credit rating required.

Liquidity risk
Management controls and monitors the Group’s cash flow on a regular basis, including forecasting future cash flows, to ensure that it has sufficient 
financial resources to meet the obligations of the Group as they fall due. 

Details of the Group’s borrowings and the maturity profile of the Group’s financial liabilities are disclosed in notes 22 and 23.

Interest rate risk
The Group has limited exposure to interest rate risk with no borrowings at 31 December 2020. The Group has an undrawn £30,000,000 credit 
facility in place, further details of which are disclosed in note 22.

The Group’s current assets include cash and cash equivalents at the year end amounting to £53,008,000, on which interest received is subject to 
fluctuations in market rates.

Price risk
As a significant proportion of the Group’s revenues are secured under framework agreements or other long-term contracts, it has only limited 
exposure to price risk other than at the point of renegotiation of these frameworks or contracts. Where these negotiations are material, the Group, 
including the Board, is fully engaged with the process in order to secure the best possible outcome.

3.2 Capital risk management 
The Group defines the capital that it manages as the Group’s total equity, including non-controlling interests.

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are:

• to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, so that it can continue to provide returns to investors and benefits for other 

stakeholders and to maintain an appropriate capital structure to reduce the cost of capital;

• to provide an adequate return to shareholders based on the level of risk assumed;

• to have financial resources available to allow the Group to invest in areas that may deliver future benefits and returns to shareholders and other 

stakeholders; and

• to maintain financial resources sufficient to mitigate against risks and unforeseen events.

The Group is profitable and has high cash conversion with no indebtedness. As a result, capital risk is not significant for the Group and 
measurement of capital management is not a tool currently used in the internal management reporting procedures of the Group.

The Group’s reserves include:

Own shares held in trust – an Employee Benefit Trust holds shares in the Company to facilitate share-based payments to employees and the 
operation of the Group’s Share Incentive Plan.

Other reserve – comprises a translation reserve of foreign exchange differences from the translation of the financial statements of overseas 
operations, and other reserves related to merger reliefs taken under UK law. Following the acquisition of the non-controlling interest in Dovetail 
Digital Limited (see note 25), other reserves no longer contains any amounts in respect of equity-settled contingent acquisition consideration or 
the put option over the purchase of the non-controlling interest.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

97

4. Operating segments
IFRS 8 Operating Segments provides for segmental information disclosure on the basis of information reported internally to the chief operating 
decision-maker for decision-making purposes. The Group considers that this role is performed by the main Board.

The Directors have presented segmental information to reflect the Group’s structure, activities and the markets being served. The Group has 
two operating and reportable segments, both involved with the supply and support of connected healthcare software and systems:

• EMIS Health; and 

• EMIS Enterprise.

Each operating segment is assessed by the Board based on an adjusted measure of operating profit, as defined in the appendix. Group operating 
expenses, finance income and costs, cash and cash equivalents, and current and deferred tax are not allocated to segments, as income tax, group 
and financing activities are not segment-specific.

The previously reported Specialist & Care operating segment was classified as a discontinued operation following its sale on 2 April 2019 
and therefore the information presented below relates to continuing operations only. 

Segmental information

Segmental result
Revenue

Segmental operating profit as reported internally
Development costs capitalised
Amortisation of development costs
Amortisation of acquired intangible assets
Reorganisation costs
Release of contingent acquisition consideration

Segmental operating profit
Group operating expenses

Operating profit
Net finance costs
Share of result of joint venture and associate
Other income

Profit before taxation

Segmental assets and liabilities
Segmental assets as reported internally
Goodwill and other intangible assets

Group assets
Investment in joint venture and associate
Group cash and cash equivalents

Total assets

2020

EMIS
Enterprise
£’000

EMIS
Health
£’000

2019

EMIS
Enterprise
£’000

EMIS
Health 
£’000

Total
£’000

Total
£’000

107,773

51,680

159,453

100,858 

58,649

159,507

25,088
4,643
(2,559)
(3,350)
—
—

15,688
1,947
(1,717)
(3,474)
—
1,020

23,822

13,464

40,776
6,590
(4,276)
(6,824)
—
1,020

37,286
(1,510)

35,776
(501)
858
782

36,915

23,268
6,216
(5,500)
(3,813)
(4,135)
—

17,511
1,147
(1,632)
(3,504)
(1,225)
—

16,036

12,297

40,779
7,363
(7,132)
(7,317)
(5,360)
—

28,333
(1,506)

26,827
(498)
742
—

27,071

35,012
51,906

86,918

14,608
33,389

49,620
85,295

47,997

134,915

40,719
53,646

94,365

13,169
28,699

53,888
82,345

41,868

136,233

4,412
353
53,008

192,688

690
345
31,099

168,367

Segmental liabilities as reported internally

44,061

25,692

69,753

33,758

25,319

59,077

Group liabilities

Total liabilities

Other segmental information
Additions to property, plant and equipment
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
Additions to computer software used internally
Amortisation of computer software used internally

3,797

73,550

6,626
5,089
452
1,151

2,963
3,412
349
823

3,663
1,677
103
328

5,092

64,169

6,784
6,822
773
884

5,829
6,160
569
619

955
662
204
265

Revenue excludes intra-group transactions on normal commercial terms from the EMIS Health segment to the EMIS Enterprise segment totalling 
£3,017,000 (2019: £4,442,000).

Revenue of £112,711,000 (2019: £98,994,000) is derived from the NHS and related bodies.

Revenue of £3,990,000 (2019: £5,022,000) is derived from customers outside the UK. Non-current assets held outside the UK total £959,000 
(2019: £1,079,000).

98

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS5. Revenue
Following the 1 January 2020 commencement of the NHS GP IT Futures framework governing over a quarter of the Group’s revenues, which 
introduced a single software as a service payment for GP Systems in England, and in order to better reflect the evolution of the business and its 
core revenue streams monitored internally, the Group has revised the way in which it analyses revenue. The revised analysis of revenue from 
continuing operations, including comparative information restated on the same basis, is presented below.

Software subscription and support
Interface and connectivity charges
Hardware and related services
Other services
Perpetual licences, training, consultancy and implementation

6. Operating profit

The following have been charged/(credited) in arriving at operating profit:
Research and development expenditure
Development costs capitalised:
– Software for external sale
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment:
– Depreciation of owned assets 
– Depreciation of leased assets
Amortisation of intangible assets:
– Computer software used internally
– Computer software developed for external sale
– Arising on business combinations
Exceptional reorganisation costs:
– Staff costs
– Impairment loss
– Other property costs
Exceptional release of contingent acquisition consideration (note 25)
Operating lease rentals:
– Land and buildings
– Plant, machinery and motor vehicles

EMIS
Health
£’000

77,032
5,023
12,799
7,795
5,124

2020

EMIS
Enterprise
£’000

22,456
15,261
4,502
5,602
3,859

Total
£’000

99,488
20,284
17,301
13,397
8,983

EMIS
Health
£’000

73,451
2,892
8,056
7,929
8,530

2019

EMIS
Enterprise
£’000

20,730
18,957
5,103
4,101
9,758

Total
£’000

94,181
21,849
13,159
12,030
18,288

107,773

51,680

159,453

100,858

58,649

159,507

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

21,166

20,697

(6,590)

(7,363)

3,636
1,453

1,151
4,276
6,824

—
—
—
(1,020)

193
75

5,936
886

884
7,132
7,317

4,160
254
946
—

473
337

The total research and development cost shown above of £21,166,000 (2019: £20,697,000) principally relates to relevant staff and directly 
related costs. Software development costs amounting to £6,590,000 (2019: £7,363,000) have been capitalised in accordance with the criteria 
set out in IAS 38.

The exceptional reorganisation costs in prior year relate to the business reorganisation into two segments, undertaken and completed during 2019.

Total fees payable by the Group during the year to KPMG LLP in respect of the audit and other services provided were as follows:

Audit of these financial statements
Amounts payable to the Company’s auditor and associated companies in respect of:
– Audit of the financial statements of subsidiaries of the Company
– All other services (including half year review)

2020
£’000

40

200
25

276

2019
£’000

39

153
19

211

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

99

7. Finance income

Bank interest
Foreign exchange gain

8. Finance costs

Interest payable and bank fees
Interest on lease liabilities
Amortisation of bank loan issue costs
Foreign exchange loss

9. Employees
The average monthly number of people (including Directors) employed by the Group during the year was as follows:

Management and administration
Software support and development
Sales, maintenance and training
Others

Relating to continuing operations
Relating to discontinued operation

Staff costs were:

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Pension costs – defined contribution plans
Share Incentive Plan (note 27)
Share option expense (note 27)

Dealt with as follows:
Charged in Group statement of comprehensive income:
– continuing operations
– discontinued operation
Capitalised in the development of software for external sale

100 EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

2020
£’000

88
1

89

2020
£’000

139
386
65
—

590

2020
Number

92
1,138
294
55

1,579

1,579
—

1,579

2020
£’000

59,701
6,123
2,600
100
1,440

69,964

63,374
—
6,590

69,964

2019
£’000

97
—

97

2019
£’000

150
181
96
168

595

2019
Number

138
1,037
369
122

1,666

1,575
91

1,666

2019
£’000

66,650
6,792
2,652
93
1,290

77,477

67,519
2,595
7,363

77,477

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS10. Income tax expense

Income tax:
– UK current year tax charge
– Overseas current year tax charge
– Adjustment in respect of prior years

Total current tax

Deferred tax:
– UK current year
– Adjustment in respect of prior years
– Deferred tax rate change

Total deferred tax

Total tax charge in Group statement of comprehensive income

Factors affecting the tax charge for the year
Profit before taxation

Taxation at the average UK corporation tax rate of 19% (2019: 19%) 
Tax effects of:
– (Income)/expenses not chargeable/allowable in determining taxable profit
– Adjustment in respect of prior years
– Joint venture reported net of tax
– Effect of overseas tax rates
– Deferred tax rate change

Tax charge for the year 

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

7,159
184
(656)

6,687

(792)
685
214

107

6,794

7,305
199
(370)

7,134

(2,456)
344
—

(2,112)

5,022

36,915

7,014

27,071

5,143

(315)
29
(163)
15
214

31
(26)
(141)
15
—

6,794

5,022

The total current year tax charge includes a credit of £nil (2019: £1,018,000) in respect of exceptional items.

The decision of the UK government not to reduce the UK corporation tax rate from 19% to 17% from 1 April 2020 resulted in a one-off deferred 
tax charge of £214,000 in the year, with a corresponding increase in the Group’s net deferred tax liability. In March 2021 the UK government 
announced that the UK corporation tax rate for large companies would rise to 25% from 1 April 2023. However, as this had not been substantively 
enacted at the balance sheet date, deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been remeasured. Had the change been substantively enacted at the 
balance sheet date, the estimated impact would be to increase the Group’s net deferred tax liability by approximately £300,000.

11. Earnings per share (EPS)
The calculation of basic and diluted EPS is based on the following earnings and numbers of shares:

Earnings

Profit for the period
Total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest

Basic earnings attributable to equity holders
Profit from discontinued operation, net of tax

Basic earnings from continuing operations attributable to equity holders
Development costs capitalised
Amortisation of development costs and acquired intangible assets
Reorganisation costs
Release of contingent acquisition consideration
Other income
Tax and non-controlling interest effect of above items

Adjusted earnings attributable to equity holders

Weighted average number of ordinary shares

Total shares in issue
Shares held by Employee Benefit Trust

For basic EPS calculations
Effect of potentially dilutive share options

For diluted EPS calculations

2020
£’000

30,121
127

30,248
—

30,248
(6,590)
11,100
—
(1,020)
(782)
(925)

2019
£’000

22,525
133

22,658
(476)

22,182
(7,363)
14,449
5,360
—
—
(2,319)

32,031

32,309

2020
Number
‘000

63,311
(447)

62,864
634

63,498

2019
Number
‘000

63,311
(425)

62,886
378

63,264

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

101

11. Earnings per share (EPS) continued

EPS

Basic
Basic diluted
Basic – continuing operations
Basic diluted – continuing operations
Adjusted
Adjusted diluted

12. Dividends

Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2018 of 14.2p
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 of 15.6p
Final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2019 of 15.6p
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 16.0p

2020
Pence

48.1
47.6
48.1
47.6
51.0
50.4

2020
£’000

—
—
9,798
10,062

19,860

2019
Pence

36.0
35.8
35.3
35.1
51.4
51.1

2019
£’000

8,950
9,795
—
—

18,745

A final dividend for the year ended 31 December 2020 of 16.0p amounting to approximately £10,067,000 will be proposed at the Annual General 
Meeting on 6 May 2021. If approved, this dividend will be paid on 14 May 2021 to shareholders on the register on 15 April 2021. The dividend is 
not accounted for as a liability in these financial statements and will be accounted for as an appropriation of distributable reserves in the year 
ending 31 December 2021. 

13. Goodwill

Group

Cost
At 1 January 2019
Disposal of business

At 31 December 2019
Acquisition of business (note 32)

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated impairment losses
At 1 January 2019, 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2020

Net book value
At 31 December 2020
At 31 December 2019
At 1 January 2019

EMIS
Health
£’000

EMIS  Discontinued
Operation
£’000

Enterprise
£’000

Total
Group
£’000

41,810
—

41,810
—

41,810

22,342
—

22,342
4,208

26,550

8,825

7,358

8,605 
(8,605)

—
—

—

—

32,985
32,985
32,985

19,192
14,984
14,984

—
—
3,989

72,757
(8,605)

64,152
4,208

68,360

16,183

52,177
47,969
51,958

Impairment tests for goodwill
Goodwill relates predominantly to the value of synergies arising from business combinations and the experience of staff within acquired businesses. 
Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash-generating units (CGUs) that are expected to benefit from that combination based on the relative carrying 
values of other acquired intangible assets. 

On completion of the acquisition of the remaining non-controlling interest and settlement of all contingent acquisition consideration related to 
Dovetail (see note 25), goodwill of £1,622,000 that was previously allocated to the Dovetail CGU was reallocated to the Partners and Analytics 
CGU to better reflect where the benefits of the goodwill will accrue. The settlement of the put option over the non-controlling interest at an 
amount lower than the previously estimated fair value was deemed to be an indicator of potential impairment, and the goodwill was tested 
accordingly, with the result being that no impairment was required.

102 EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS13. Goodwill continued
The carrying amount of goodwill is allocated to CGUs as follows:

EMIS Health
Primary, Community & Egton
Acute NHS

EMIS Enterprise
Community Pharmacy
Acute Medicines Management

Partners and Analytics
Pinnacle

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

21,857
11,128

32,985

6,756
6,606

1,622
4,208

19,192

52,177

21,857
11,128

32,985

6,756
6,606

1,622
—

14,984

47,969

Each allocation of goodwill is tested annually for impairment and, to confirm whether an impairment of the goodwill is necessary, management 
compares the carrying value to the value in use.

The value in use for each allocation of goodwill has been calculated using pre-tax cash flows from internal budgets for the year ending 31 December 2021 
to forecast pre-tax cash flows from each CGU (with the key budget assumptions being in relation to revenue growth). These cash flows have then 
been extrapolated for a further four years assuming average annual growth rates of 3.5% (2019: 3.5%) until 31 December 2025 and then 1% into 
perpetuity (2019: 1%) for all CGUs. The pre-tax cash flows have been discounted back to 31 December 2020 using a discount rate of between 
10.1% and 11.1% (2019: 10.1% to 13.1%). The exercise has confirmed that there has been no impairment in any CGU.

The key assumptions underpinning the forecasts in the value in use calculation are revenue growth and operating margins. Sensitivity analysis 
has been performed on the key assumptions which indicated that no reasonably possible change to these would cause an impairment.

Management has determined the discount rates for each CGU by considering the specific risks relating to the relevant segment. Growth rates 
beyond the budget period are determined based on a prudent assessment of long-term growth rates.

14. Other intangible assets

Group

Cost
At 1 January 2019
Additions
Disposal of business

At 31 December 2019
Additions
Acquisition of business (note 32)

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated amortisation and impairment
At 1 January 2019
Charged in year – continuing
Charged in year – discontinued
Disposal of business

At 31 December 2019
Charged in year – continuing

At 31 December 2020

Net book value
At 31 December 2020
At 31 December 2019
At 1 January 2019

Computer
software

Computer
software
used developed for

Computer
software
acquired on
business
external sale combinations
£’000

£’000

Customer
relationships
£’000

internally
£’000

7,025
773
—

7,798
452
—

50,735
7,363
—

58,098
6,590
—

41,352
—
(1,011)

40,341
—
2,989

36,304
—
(5,320)

30,984
—
962

Total
£’000

135,416
8,136
(6,331)

137,221
7,042
3,951

8,250

64,688

43,330

31,946

148,214

4,283
884
—
—

5,167
1,151

6,318

1,932
2,631
2,742

36,544
7,132
—
—

43,676
4,276

47,952

16,736
14,422
14,191

27,376
4,589
32
(716)

31,281
4,412

35,693

7,637
9,060
13,976

22,364
2,728
133
(2,504)

22,721
2,412

90,567
15,333
165
(3,220)

102,845
12,251

25,133

115,096

6,813
8,263
13,940

33,118
34,376
44,849

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

103

14. Other intangible assets continued
The accounting policy for intangible assets is set out in note 1.7. The remaining average amortisation period for software developed for external 
sale is five years. At 31 December 2020 software acquired on business combinations had a remaining amortisation period of one year for Ascribe, 
three years for Dovetail, and six years for Pinnacle. Customer relationships have a remaining amortisation period of three years with the exception 
of Indigo 4 Systems (four years) and Pinnacle (six years).

Company intangible assets comprise computer software developed for external sale with a cost of £3,729,000 (2019: £3,729,000; 2018: £3,729,000) 
and accumulated amortisation of £2,263,000 (2019: £1,518,000; 2018: £776,000).

15. Property, plant and equipment

Group

Cost
At 1 December 2018
Recognition of right-of-use asset on initial application of IFRS 16

Adjusted balance as at 1 January 2019
Additions
Disposals
Reclassification to asset held for sale
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2019
Additions
Acquisition of business (note 33)
Disposals
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020

Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 31 December 2018
Recognition of right-of-use asset on initial application of IFRS 16

Adjusted balance as at 1 January 2019
Charged in period – continuing
Charged in period – discontinued
On disposals
Impairment loss
Reclassification to asset held for sale
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2019
Charged in period – continuing
On disposals
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020

Net book value
At 31 December 2020
At 31 December 2019
At 1 January 2019

Land and
buildings
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

Fixtures.
fittings and
equipment
£’000

Motor
vehicles
£’000

12,098
2,859

14,957
1,915
(2,697)
(3,204)
(155)

10,816
3,651
151
(1)
(204)

46,888
—

46,888
3,018
(32,973)
—
(26)

16,907
1,805
—
(1,299)
(45)

14,413

17,368

2,218
318

2,536
725
—
(1,248)
254
(762)
5

1,510
1,320
—
(22)

38,964
—

38,964
4,712
37
(32,676)
—
—
(4)

11,033
2,700
(1,251)
(27)

2,808

12,455

11,605
9,306
9,880

4,913
5,874
7,924

7,376
78

7,454
1,383
(4,643)
(540)
(1)

3,653
479
31
—
(3)

4,160

4,273
—

4,273
827
124
(3,392)
—
(507)
(1)

1,324
495
—
(1)

1,818

2,342
2,329
3,103

Total
£’000

66,693
3,849

70,542
6,784
(40,537)
(3,744)
(182)

32,863
6,626
204
(1,328)
(252)

38,113

45,693
318

46,011
6,822
179
(37,533)
254
(1,269)
—

14,464
5,089
(1,260)
(50)

331
912

1,243
468
(224)
—
—

1,487
691
22
(28)
—

2,172

238
—

238
558
18
(217)
—
—
—

597
574
(9)
—

1,162

18,243

1,010
890
93

19,870
18,399
21,000

At 31 December 2020, the net carrying amount of assets held for sale was £nil (2019: £2,475,000).

104 EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS16. Investments

Company

At 1 January 2019
Disposal of investment in subsidiary 
Acquisition of investment (note 18)

At 31 December 2019
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
Capital contribution
Acquisition of business (note 32)

At 31 December 2020

£’000

109,555
(12,932)
190

96,813
555
1,751
7,753

106,872

During the year the Company made a capital contribution to Dovetail Digital Limited in respect of the capitalisation of an intra-group receivable 
balance of £1,751,000.

The undertakings whose results and financial position are consolidated within the Group financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2020 
are as follows:

ASC Computer Software (NZ) Limited
ASC Computer Software PTY Limited
Ascribe Group Limited
Ascribe Holdings Limited
Ascribe Limited
Ascribe Limited (Kenya)1
Dovetail Digital Limited
Egton Limited1
Egton Medical Information Systems Limited
EMIS Health Community Pharmacy Limited1
EMIS Health India Private Limited
EMIS Health Limited1
Footman Walker Associates Limited1
Healthcare Gateway Limited
Patient Platform Limited
Protechnic Exeter Limited1
Rx Systems Limited
Pinnacle Systems Management Limited
Pinnacle Health Partnership LLP
Scroll Bidco Limited

1  Dormant.

2  Held directly by EMIS Group plc.

% of issued
ordinary
incorporation shares held

Country of

New Zealand
Australia
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
Kenya
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
India
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales
England & Wales

100
100 
100 2
100
100
100
100 2
100 2
100 2
100 2
100 2
100 2
100
50
100 2
100
100 2
100 2
100 2
100

The above subsidiary undertakings which are not dormant are engaged in providing software and support services to the healthcare market, 
with the exception of Ascribe Group Limited, Scroll Bidco Limited and Ascribe Holdings Limited which are all holding companies.

All undertakings incorporated in England and Wales, with the exception of Healthcare Gateway Limited, have a Registered Office of Fulford 
Grange, Micklefield Lane, Rawdon, Leeds LS19 6BA. The Registered Office of Healthcare Gateway Limited is Unit 3 Rawdon Park, Green Lane, 
Leeds LS19 7BA.

Other Registered Offices are as follows: ASC Computer Software (NZ) Limited, Suite 6035, 17b Farnham Street, Parnell, Auckland 1052, 
New Zealand; ASC Computer Software PTY Limited, Level 22, 567 Collins Street, Melbourne, Victoria, Australia 3000; Ascribe Limited (Kenya), 
PO Box 40296 – 00100, Nairobi, Kenya; and EMIS Health India Private Limited, Unit No. A1, Level 3, Shriram The Gateway SEZ, No. 16, G.S.T. Road, 
Perungalathur, Chennai-600 063, India.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

105

17. Investment in joint venture
Healthcare Gateway Limited (HGL) is a joint venture with In Practice Systems Limited. Its purpose is to enable the sharing of patient data via 
a medical interoperability gateway.

The Group has a 50% interest in the ordinary share capital of HGL, acquired on formation for £1. 

Aggregate amounts relating to HGL are as follows:

Revenues

Profit before taxation
Profit after taxation

Current assets
Current liabilities

Net assets

Group’s interest in net assets of investee at beginning of year
Share of total comprehensive income
Dividends received

Group’s interest in net assets of investee at end of year

2020
£’000

4,391

2,119
1,716

1,164
(996)

168

155
858
(850)

163

2019
£’000

4,153

1,829
1,483

1,489
(1,330)

159

113
742
(700)

155

18. Investment in associate
On 20 May 2019 EMIS Group plc acquired a 10% shareholding in Adheradata Limited (Adhera), a privately owned organisation offering a complete 
dispensing business management solution. The shareholding is in line with the Group’s strategy of identifying sustainable long-term market opportunities 
delivering connected healthcare systems. The Group’s interest in Adhera has been accounted for as an associate because the Group has determined 
that it has significant influence due to having the right to meaningful representation on its board of directors. 

The following table analyses the carrying amount and share of profit of Adhera:

Carrying amount of investment in associate

Share of profit from continuing operations

19. Trade and other receivables

Trade receivables and other receivables
Accrued income
Prepayments 
Loan to Employee Benefit Trust

2020
£’000

190

—

2019
£’000

190

—

Group

Company

2020
£’000

16,439
7,389
6,165
—

29,993

2019
£’000

17,960
9,608
5,479
—

33,047

2020
£’000

190
—
566
4,439

5,195

2019
£’000

122
—
533
5,392

6,047

Prepayments include unamortised bank fees of £37,000 (2019: £84,000). The loan to the Employee Benefit Trust is non-interest bearing and is 
repayable on demand.

106 EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS20. Credit quality of financial assets
The amounts of the maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date are as follows:

Trade receivables and other receivables
Cash at bank

No collateral security is held.

Trade receivables and other receivables
Reporting date balances fall within the following categories:

UK governmental health bodies
Community pharmacies and associated wholesalers
Other third party receivables

Group

Company

2020
£’000

16,439
53,008

69,447

2019
£’000

17,960
31,099

49,059

2020
£’000

190
29,113

29,303

2019
£’000

122
20,852

20,974

Group 

2020
£’000

8,607
4,407
3,425

2019
£’000

7,821
4,316
5,823

16,439

17,960

Trade and other receivables are mainly due one month following the date of the invoice. At the reporting date the aged analysis of trade and other 
receivables is as follows:

December
November
October and earlier

Gross carrying amount

Impairment provision

Net carrying amount

Group 

2020
£’000

8,857
3,506
4,577

16,940

2019
£’000

13,604
1,946
3,053

18,603

(501)

(643) 

16,439

17,960

During the year a provision for impairment of £38,000 was created (2019: £341,000), utilisation of the provision amounted to £180,000 (2019: £865,000) 
and £nil (2019: £95,000) of provision was disposed of.

Cash at bank
The Group’s cash is held with a number of different banks. The Moody’s long-term credit ratings of those banks and the respective balances held 
are as follows:

Aa3
A1
A3
Baa1
Baa2

Group

2020
£’000

627
30,090
19,972
1,533
786

53,008

2019
£’000

1,830
14,864
13,281
811
313

31,099

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

107

21. Trade and other payables

Trade payables
Accrued expenses
Other tax and social security

Group

Company

2020
£’000

5,692
12,244
13,283

31,219

2019
£’000

4,380
13,160
5,897

23,437

2020
£’000

153
1,290
—

1,443

2019
£’000

135
1,162
—

1,297

22. Borrowings
At 31 December 2020, the Group had available undrawn bank facilities of £30,000,000 committed until June 2021, reducing to £15,000,000 for 
the twelve-month period ending 30 June 2022. An accordion arrangement is in place to increase the quantum up to £60,000,000, reducing to 
£30,000,000 for the twelve-month period ending 30 June 2022. Unamortised bank fees of £37,000 (2019: £84,000) have been presented within 
prepayments in trade and other receivables. The financial covenants in place for these facilities are adjusted EBITA interest cover and net debt to 
adjusted EBITDA leverage. All covenants were comfortably met during the year and are projected to be met for the remaining period of the facilities.

23. Liquidity risk
The following are the contractual maturities of the Group’s financial liabilities, including estimated interest payments:

Carrying
amount
£’000

Contractual
cash flow
£’000

Less than
1 year
£’000

1–2 years
£’000

2–5 years
£’000

More than
5 years
£’000

At 31 December 2020
Trade and other payables due within one year
Contingent acquisition consideration
Lease liabilities

At 31 December 2019
Trade and other payables due within one year
Contingent acquisition consideration
Option over non-controlling interest
Lease liabilities

24. Deferred tax

Group

At 1 January 2019
Credited to statement of comprehensive income – continuing operations
Credited to statement of comprehensive income – discontinued operation
Credited to equity
Disposal of discontinued operation
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2019
Credited/(charged) to statement of comprehensive income
Credited to equity
Acquisition of business (note 32)
Effect of movements in exchange rates

At 31 December 2020

31,219
4,000
6,881

42,100

23,437
1,500
2,688
3,934

31,559

31,219
4,000
8,903

31,219
2,000
1,347

44,122

34,566

23,437
1,500
5,854
5,418

36,209

23,437
480
—
870

24,787

—
2,000
1,149

3,149

—
1,020
—
678

1,698

—
—
2,627

2,627

—
—
—
1,230

1,230

Property,
plant and
equipment
£’000

Intangible
assets
£’000

Other
temporary
differences
£’000

979
160
—
—
(18)
—

1,121
656
—
—
—

1,777

(5,801)
1,750
31
—
549
—

(3,471)
(443)
—
(753)
—

(4,667)

529
202
—
156
—
(4)

883
(320)
40
—
(2)

601

—
—
3,780

3,780

—
—
5,854
2,640

8,494

Total
£’000

(4,293)
2,112
31
156
531
(4)

(1,467)
(107)
40
(753)
(2)

(2,289)

108 EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS24. Deferred tax continued
Certain deferred tax assets and liabilities have been offset. The following is the analysis of the deferred tax balances (before offset) for financial 
reporting purposes:

Deferred tax liabilities
Deferred tax assets

Net deferred tax liability

25. Other financial liabilities

Company and Group

Current
Contingent acquisition consideration – Pinnacle
Contingent acquisition consideration – Dovetail

Non-current
Contingent acquisition consideration – Pinnacle
Contingent acquisition consideration – Dovetail
Option over non-controlling interest

2020
£’000

(4,667)
2,378

(2,289)

2019
£’000

(3,471)
2,004

(1,467)

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

2,000
—

2,000

2,000
—
—

2,000

—
480

480

—
1,020
2,688

3,708

The current and non-current contingent consideration liabilities in respect of the Pinnacle acquisition are both payable in cash upon the 
achievement of specified profit targets. The possible minimum and maximum undiscounted amounts of contingent consideration payable in cash 
are £nil and £4,000,000 respectively. Estimated fair value has been measured based on the expected future amounts payable, as the impact of 
discounting is not material. This has been categorised as a level 3 fair value measurement under IFRS 13, as the inputs to the valuation such as the 
future performance of Pinnacle, are not based on observable market data.

During the year the Group acquired the remaining non-controlling interest in Dovetail for a cash payment of £555,000. Consequently the 
non-current financial liability in respect of the put option in place over the non-controlling interest was extinguished and the related liability 
de-recognised, with a corresponding movement within Other Reserves. Following a £40,000 increase since the 2019 year end, the fair value 
of the put option liability at the point of de-recognition was £2,728,000, and therefore the Group statement of changes in equity shows a net 
movement of £2,688,000 within Other Reserves.

In respect of the Dovetail contingent acquisition consideration, a payment of £480,000 was made during the year following the achievement 
of specified revenue targets, and additionally it was agreed that no further amounts would be payable, resulting in a corresponding credit to 
the Group statement of comprehensive income of £1,020,000. 

A further payment of £320,000 was made during the year in respect of equity-settled contingent acquisition consideration initially recognised 
at a fair value of £1,000,000, resulting in a corresponding debit to Other Reserves, and the remaining equity-settled deferred consideration of 
£680,000 was reclassified to retained earnings. 

The two payments together resulted in a total cash outflow of £800,000. The transactions have been accounted for in accordance with the 
Group’s accounting policy on financial instruments as set out in note 1.17.

26. Share capital and share premium

Company and Group

At 1 January 2019, 31 December 2019 and 31 December 2020

Ordinary shares of 1p each

Number

63,311,396

£’000

633

Share
premium
£’000 

51,045

All issued shares are fully paid. At 31 December 2020 the EMIS Group plc Employee Benefit Trust held 401,147 shares in the Company 
(2019: 512,231 shares).

The Employee Benefit Trust did not purchase any shares during the year.

During the year the Employee Benefit Trust disposed of 111,084 shares, representing 0.2% of the issued share capital of the Company, for total 
consideration of £967,000.

The maximum number of shares held by the Employee Benefit Trust during the year was 512,231, representing 0.8% of the issued share capital 
of the Company.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

109

27. Share-based payments
At 31 December 2020 outstanding awards to subscribe for ordinary shares of 1p each in the Company, granted in accordance with the rules 
of the EMIS Group share option schemes and the EMIS Group LTIP, were as follows:

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

At
31 December
2019

Granted

Lapsed

Exercised

At
31 December
2020

Date of grant

2011 Share Option Plan
15 October 2014
27 April 2016
21 April 2017
20 April 2018
24 April 2019
2 April 2020 

At
1 January
2019

6,102
22,919
51,708
106,359
—
—

—
—
—
—
83,500
—

—
(22,919)
(14,178)
(39,555)
(12,692)
—

(6,102)
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
37,530
66,804
70,808
—

Weighted average exercise price

876p

1,122p

947p

656p

972p

187,088

83,500

(89,344)

(6,102)

175,142

Unapproved Option Scheme
27 April 2016

Weighted average exercise price

EMIS Group LTIP
27 April 2016
21 April 2017
1 May 2017
4 September 2017
20 April 2018
6 November 2018
3 April 2019
24 April 2019
24 June 2019
9 September 2019
2 April 2020
18 September 2020

1,545

1,545

970p

137,636
169,930
44,518
21,953
285,043
162,861
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

(1,545)

(1,545)

970p

—
—
—
—
—
—
22,643
335,733
439,781
21,061
—
—

(137,636)
(39,465)
—
—
(52,772)
(5,866)
—
(31,557)
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—
130,465
44,518
21,953
232,271
156,995
22,643
304,176
439,781
21,061
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
97,920

97,920

980p

—

—

—

—
—
(37,530)
(8,790)
(11,356)
(9,945)

(67,621)

941p

—

—

—

—
—
— (120,483)
(39,978)
—
(19,714)
—
(57,811)
—
(4,400)
—
—
—
(44,308)
—
(64,071)
—
—
—
(12,702)
390,669
(3,097)
30,094

—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—
(7,287)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
58,014
59,452
87,975

205,441

985p

—

—

—

—
2,695
4,540
2,239
174,460
152,595
22,643
259,868
375,710
21,061
377,967
26,997

Weighted average exercise price

0p

0p

0p

0p

0p

0p

0p

0p

0p

821,941

819,218

(267,296)

— 1,373,863

420,763

(366,564)

(7,287) 1,420,775

The number of vested options which had not been exercised at 31 December 2020 was 9,474 (2019: nil). The weighted average share price at 
the date of exercise for share options exercised in 2020 was £10.32 (2019: £10.84).

The parent company operates share option schemes (the HMRC-approved EMIS Group plc 2011 Share Option Plan and the EMIS Group plc 
Unapproved Option Scheme) and an LTIP scheme. Tranches of options have been granted at market value to senior members of management 
under the 2011 Share Option Plan and the Unapproved Option Scheme, and at nil-cost under the LTIP scheme. Performance conditions apply 
to all outstanding awards.

Options are conditional on the employee completing three years’ service, other than in certain limited circumstances. The Group has no legal 
or constructive obligation to repurchase or settle any of the options for cash.

The key assumptions used in the valuations are shown on page 111. The fair values of options are determined using the Black Scholes model, 
with the impact of any market-based performance conditions determined using a Monte Carlo simulation. 

110

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS27. Share-based payments continued

Grant date

Exercise period

Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life (years)
Risk-free rate
Expected dividend yield
Fair value per option

Grant date
Exercise period
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life (years)
Risk-free rate
Expected dividend yield
Fair value per option

Grant date

Exercise period

Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected volatility
Expected life (years)
Risk-free rate
Expected dividend yield
Fair value per option

2011 Share Option Plan

15 Oct
2014
Oct
2017–
Oct
2019
737p
737p
35%
3
2.37%
2.33%
164p

27 April
2016
April
2019–
April
2021
970p
970p
30%
3
2.37%
2.19%
190p

21 April
2017
April
2020–
April
2022
899p
899p
30%
3
2.37%
2.73%
164p

20 April
2018
April
2021–
April
2023
853p
853p
33%
3
2.62%
3.05%
175p

24 April
2019
April
2022–
April
2024
1,122p
1,122p
25%
3
0.82%
2.66%
158p

2 April
 2020
April
2023–
April
2025
980p
980p
30%
3
0.14%
3.18%
150p

Unapproved Option Scheme 

27 April 2016
April 2019–April 2021
970p
970p
30%
3
2.37%
2.19%
190p

EMIS Group LTIP

3 April
2019
April
2021–
 April
2028

24 April
2019
April
2022–
 April
2029

27 April
2016
April
2019–
April
2026
970p
0p
30%
3

1 May
2017
May
2020–
May
2027
934p
0p
30%
3

4 Sept
2017
May
2020–
May
2027
914p
0p
30%
3

21 April
2017
April
2020–
April
2027
899p
0p
30%
3

18 Sept
2 April
 2020
 2020
April
April
2023–
2023–
 April
 April
2030
2030
980p 1,130p
0p
33%
2.5
2.37% 2.37% 2.37% 2.37% 2.62% 2.62% 2.62% 0.82% 0.60% 0.63% 0.33% 0.14% 0.10%
2.19% 2.71% 2.71% 2.69% 3.05% 2.98% 2.75% 2.66% 2.47% 2.47% 2.66% 3.18% 2.80%
891p 1,039p
908p

9 Sept
6 Nov
2019
2018
April
April
2022–
2021–
 April
April
2028
2029
909p 1,082p 1,122p 1,208p 1,208p 1,122p
0p
24%
2.5

20 April
2018
April
2021–
April
2028
853p
0p
33%
3

24 June
2019
June
2024–
June
2029

24 June
2019
June
2023–
June
2029

831p 1,024p 1,036p 1,095p 1,068p 1,046p

0p
30%
3

0p
33%
2.5

0p
25%
2

0p
25%
3

0p
24%
4

0p
24%
5

843p

836p

836p

779p

The expected volatility assumption is based on statistical analysis of the historical volatility of the Company’s share price.

The Company also operates an HMRC-approved Share Incentive Plan, which is open to all UK employees with at least six months’ service. Those 
joining contribute a maximum of the lower of £1,800 a year or 10% of salary. These contributions are used to acquire shares in the Company at 
market price from the EMIS Group plc Employee Benefit Trust, which holds shares in the Company to satisfy Share Incentive Plan and other 
employee share scheme requirements.

For every three shares (two from January 2021) acquired by an employee the Company adds one free “matching” share. The matching shares, 
together with any free shares allocated to members under the scheme during the year, had a value of £594,000 (2019: £587,000).

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

111

28. Leases
The Group leases property, office equipment and motor vehicles. Leases for vehicles typically run for a period of 4 years, property leases for 
between 2 and 15 years, and office equipment for between 5 and 6 years.

Some property leases contain extension options or break clauses exercisable by the Group and not by the lessors. The Group reassesses whether 
it is reasonably certain to exercise the options if there is a significant change in circumstances.

Set out below are the carrying amounts of the Group’s right-of-use assets and lease liabilities and the movements during the period:

As at 1 January 2019
Additions
Disposal of business
Depreciation expense
Interest expense
Payments
Effect of movements in exchange rates

As at 31 December 2019
Additions
Acquisition of business
Depreciation expense
Interest expense
Payments
Effect of movements in exchange rates

As at 31 December 2020

Amounts recognised in the statement of comprehensive income are set out below:

Interest on lease liabilities
Expenses relating to short-term leases
Expenses relating to leases of low value

Total cash outflow for leases

Right-of-use assets

Land and
buildings
£’000

Fixtures, 
fittings and
equipment
£’000

Motor
vehicles
£’000

2,541
1,419
(820)
(360)
—
—
(141)

2,639
3,422
151
(858)
—
—
(140)

5,214

78
—
—
(32)
—
—
—

46
—
—
(32)
—
—

—
14

912
468
—
(494)
—
—
—

886
659
—
(563)
—
—

—
982

Lease
liabilities

£’000

(3,784)
(1,887)
820
—
(181)
940
158

(3,934)
(4,081)
(156)
—
(386)
1,508
168

(6,881)

2019
£’000

181
804
6

2019
£’000

1,750

Total
£’000

3,531
1,887
(820)
(886)
—
—
(141)

3,571
4,081
151
(1,453)
—
—
(140)

6,210

2020
£’000

386
266
2

2020
£’000

1,776

29. Capital commitments
At 31 December 2020 the Group had capital commitments principally in respect of computer equipment amounting to £604,000 (2019: £277,000).

112

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTS30. Pension commitments
Pension contributions of £2,600,000 (2019: £2,652,000) represent contributions paid on behalf of employees by the Group to various defined 
contribution schemes.

31. Related party transactions
Key management compensation
Key management includes Executive and Non-executive Directors and members of the Group Executive Team. The compensation paid or payable 
to key management for employee services is shown below:

Key management

Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
Share-based payments
Termination payments
Post-retirement benefits

Directors’ emoluments

Aggregate emoluments
Pension costs – defined contribution plans

Retirement benefits are accruing to two (2019: two) Directors under defined contribution personal pension schemes.

Highest paid Director 

Aggregate emoluments
Pension costs – defined contribution plans

2020
£’000

3,803
1,026
—
187

5,016

2020
£’000

1,403
67

1,470

2020
£’000

635
61

696

The remuneration of the Directors of EMIS Group plc is set out in detail in the Directors’ remuneration report on pages 65 to 76, with the 
disclosures required under AIM Rule 19 and Schedule 5 shown as audited.

Other related party transactions

Transactions between the Group and:

Joint venture – Healthcare Gateway Limited
Sales of goods and services in year
Amounts owed by related party at year end

2020
£’000

127
—

2019
£’000

3,895
982
570
192

5,639

2019
£’000

1,442
70

1,512

2019
£’000

684
60

744

2019
£’000

140
—

Transactions between Company and subsidiaries
The Company enters into transactions with its subsidiary undertakings in respect of internal funding and the provision of certain services which 
are procured by the Company. Such services are recharged based on the utilisation by the subsidiary undertaking. The amounts outstanding from 
subsidiary undertakings to the Company at 31 December 2020 totalled £10,759,000 (2019: £13,726,000). Amounts owed by the Company at 
31 December 2020 totalled £44,779,000 (2019: £38,252,000).

The Company and certain subsidiary undertakings have given guarantees in support of the Group’s banking facility, a revolving credit facility of 
£25,000,000 and an overdraft facility of £5,000,000.

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

113

32. Business combination
On 9 March 2020, the Group completed the acquisition of Pinnacle Health Partnership LLP and Pinnacle Systems Management Limited, owners 
and operators of the widely-used PharmOutcomes platform.

PharmOutcomes is a secure, web-based service management solution used by more than 11,000 community pharmacies to record and manage 
nationally and locally commissioned patient services such as flu vaccinations, the Community Pharmacist Consultation Service and hospital 
discharge referral management. It allows local and national level analysis and reporting on the effectiveness of commissioned services, helping 
to improve the management of community pharmacy services.

The fair values of the net assets acquired, consideration paid and goodwill arising on the transaction are shown in the table below:

Intangible assets – computer software
Intangible assets – customer relationships
Property, plant and equipment
Inventories
Trade and other receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Trade and other payables
Deferred income
Lease liabilities
Deferred tax liability

Total identifiable net assets
Goodwill

Consideration:

Cash consideration
Contingent consideration – cash-settled (note 25)

Total potential consideration

Cash and cash equivalent balances acquired
Contingent consideration not yet settled

Net cash cost of acquisition paid in year

£’000

2,989
962
204
3
507
873
(307)
(777)
(156)
(753)

3,545
4,208

7,753

3,753
4,000

7,753

(873)
(4,000)

2,880

Goodwill relates principally to the experienced staff within the business.

Fair values of assets and liabilities represent the best estimate of the fair values at the date of acquisition. The acquired software was measured at fair 
value using a multi period excess earnings valuation technique, which considers the present value of the net cash flows expected to be generated 
(excluding any cash flows related to contributory assets). 

The post-acquisition contribution of the acquired business to Group revenue and adjusted operating profit in the year was £2,198,000 and £696,000 
respectively. Had the acquisition occurred on 1 January 2020, the Group’s revenue and adjusted operating profit for the period would have been 
£159,945,000 and £39,389,000 respectively.

In relation to the acquisition, costs of £184,000 have been expensed in the statement of comprehensive income.

114

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSNotes to the financial statements continuedfor the year ended 31 December 2020FINANCIAL STATEMENTSFive-year Group financial summary

Revenue
Recurring revenue1

Reported operating profit
Adjusted operating profit1

Profit before tax

Earnings per share – basic
Earnings per share – adjusted1

Dividends payable to Company’s shareholders in respect of year
Dividends per ordinary share

Total equity

Reported cash generated from operations
Adjusted cash generated from operations1
Net cash/(debt)1

Average number of employees

1  The Group’s alternative performance measures (APMs) are defined on page 22.

2020
£’000

2019
£’000

2018
£’000

2017
£’000

2016
£’000

159,453
130,043

159,507
124,969

170,070
140,681

160,354
133,537

158,712
128,483

35,776
39,266

36,915

48.1p
51.0p

20,129
32.0p

26,827
39,273

27,071

36.0p
51.4p

19,593
31.2p

28,740
37,608

29,170

36.1p
47.4p

17,896
28.4p

10,640
37,406

10,937

12.8p
47.2p

16,245
25.8p 

23,539
38,753

25,333

30.4p
49.4p

14,705
23.4p

119,138

104,198

102,659

108,014

114,142

64,138
58,851
53,008

1,579

50,059
46,332
31,099

1,666

49,873
54,469
15,620

2,024

48,834
49,652
13,991

1,906

43,657
41,073
(430)

1,875

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

115

Shareholder information

Internet
The Group’s investor page can be found at www.emisgroupplc.com/
investors. This site is regularly updated to provide information about 
the Group. In particular, the share price and all of the Group’s press 
releases and announcements can be found on the site. The annual 
report and accounts is published on www.emisgroupplc.com/investors/
financial-reporting-and-presentations. The maintenance and integrity of 
the website is the responsibility of the Directors. The auditor does not 
consider these matters.

Registrar 
Any enquiries concerning your shareholding should be addressed to 
the Company’s registrar. The registrar should be notified promptly of 
any change in a shareholder’s address or other details at Link Group, 
10th Floor, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds LS1 4DL, 
tel 0371 664 0300; calls are charged at the standard geographic rate 
and will vary by provider. If you are outside the UK, please call 
+44 371 664 0300. Calls outside the UK will be charged at the
applicable international rate. The registrar is open between 9.00am
and 5.30pm, Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and
Wales. The registrar’s website is www.signalshares.com. This will give
you access to your personal shareholding by means of your investor
code which is printed on your share certificate or statement of holding.

Shareholder security
Shareholders are advised to be wary of any unsolicited advice, offers to 
buy shares at a discount, or offers of free reports about the Company. 
Details of any share dealing facilities that the Company endorses will be 
included in Company mailings or on our website. More detailed 
information can be found at www.moneyadviceservice.org.uk.

You can find out more information about investment scams, how to 
protect yourself and report any suspicious telephone calls to the 
Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) by visiting its website (www.fca.org.
uk/scamsmart/resources) or contacting the FCA on 0800 111 6768. 

Payment of dividends
Shareholders may find it more convenient to make arrangements to 
have dividends paid directly into their bank account. The advantages of 
this are that the dividend is credited to a shareholder’s bank account on 
the payment date, there is no need to present cheques for payment and 
there is no risk of cheques being lost in the post. To set up a dividend 
mandate or to change an existing mandate, please contact Link Group, 
whose details are opposite. 

Share dealing services
The sale or purchase of shares must be done through a stockbroker or 
share dealing service provider. The London Stock Exchange provides a 
“Locate a broker” facility on its website which gives details of a number 
of companies offering share dealing services. For more information, 
please visit the private investors section at www.londonstockexchange.
com. Please note that the Directors of the Company are not seeking to 
encourage shareholders to either buy or to sell shares. Shareholders in 
any doubt about what action to take are recommended to seek financial 
advice from an independent financial adviser authorised pursuant to the 
Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

Share price information
The latest information on the share price is available at 
www.emisgroupplc.com/investors/shareholder-information.

Remuneration adviser
Mercer Limited
1 Tower Place West  
Tower Place  
London EC3R 5BU

Legal advisers to the Company
Pinsent Masons LLP
1 Park Row  
Leeds LS1 5AB

Schofield Sweeney LLP
Church Bank  
Bradford BD1 4DY

DAC Beachcroft LLP
St Pauls House 
23 Park Square South 
Leeds LS1 2ND

Board
Executive Directors
Andy Thorburn  
Chief Executive Officer 

Peter Southby  
Chief Financial Officer

Non-executive Directors
Patrick De Smedt  
Chair 

Andy McKeon  
Senior Independent Non-executive Director

Kevin Boyd  
Independent Non-executive Director

Jen Byrne  
Independent Non-executive Director

JP Rangaswami  
Independent Non-executive Director

Company Secretary
Christine Benson

Company number
06553923 (England and Wales)

Registered office
Fulford Grange 
Micklefield Lane 
Rawdon 
Leeds LS19 6BA

Auditor
KPMG LLP
1 Sovereign Square 
Sovereign Street  
Leeds LS1 4DA

Nominated adviser and broker
Numis Securities Limited 
The London Stock Exchange Building 
10 Paternoster Square  
London EC4M 7LT

Registrar
Link Group
10th Floor, Central Square 
29 Wellington Street 
Leeds LS1 4DL

Financial PR
MHP Communications
60 Great Portland Street  
London, W1W 7RT

Tax adviser
Deloitte LLP
1 City Square 
Leeds LS1 2AL

116

EMIS Group plc | Annual report and accounts 2020

FINANCIAL STATEMENTSGlossary

A&E 

AGM 

AI  

AIM 

APM 

B2B 

BAME 

CCG 

CEO 

CGU 

Code 

COPI 

CSOP 

CSRA 

EBITA 

EBITDA 

EBT 

EMIS 

Accident & Emergency

Annual General Meeting

Artificial Intelligence

Alternative Investment Market

Alternative Performance Measure

Business-to-business

Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic

Clinical Commissioning Group

Chief Executive Officer

Cash-Generating Unit

UK Corporate Governance Code 2018

Control of Patient Information

Company Share Option Plan

Control and Risk Self-Assessment

Earnings before interest, tax and amortisation 

 Earnings before interest, tax depreciation 
and amortisation 

Employee Benefit Trust

Egton Medical Information Systems

EMIS Anywhere  Access to EMIS Web remotely

EMIS Enterprise 

 EMIS business areas where revenues are 
predominantly from private sector sources 
in healthcare business-to-business

EMIS Health 

 EMIS business areas where revenues are generated 
from NHS organisations

EMIS Web 

Market leading GP clinical software 

EMIS-X 

Cloud based platform

EMIS-X Analytics  A suite of data analytics tools

ePMA 

 Electronic prescribing and medicines administration

Electronic Prescription Service

Earnings Per Share

Environmental, social and governance 

Fast Healthcare Interoperability Resource

Falsified Medicines Directive

Financial Reporting Council

Financial Times Stock Exchange

General Data Protection Regulations 

General Practitioner 

Gender Pay Gap

GP Systems of Choice

Group programme management office

EPS 

EPS 

ESG 

FHIR 

FMD 

FRC 

FTSE 

GDPR 

GP 

GPG 

GPSoC 

GPMO 

CBP006283

GXT 

HGL 

HMRC 

HR 

IAS 

ICO 

ICS 

IFRS 

IG 

IPO 

ISO 

KPI 

Group Executive Team

Healthcare Gateway Limited

Her Majesty’s Revenue & Customs 

Human Resources

International Accounting Standard

Information Commissioner’s Office

Integrated Care System

International Financial Reporting Standards

Information Governance 

Initial Public Offering

International Organisation For Standardization

Key Performance Indicator

LGBTQ+ 

Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, Transgender, Queer

LTIP 

NAO 

NHS 

NHSD 

NHSX 

NIMS 

NISD 

NSS 

NWIS 

PCN 

PGD 

PPE 

R&D 

RCGP 

RMC 

SECR 

SIP 

SLA 

SLT 

Long-Term Incentive Plan 

National Audit Office

National Health Service

National Health Service Digital

 An NHS organisation focussed on the digital 
transformation of care

National Immunisation Management Service

Networks and Information Systems Directive

National Services Scotland

NHS Wales Informatics Service

Primary Care Network

Patient Group Direction

Personal Protective Equipment

Research and Development

Royal College of General Practicitioners

Risk Management Committee

 Streamlined Energy & Carbon Reporting 
Requirements 

Share Incentive Plan

Service Level Agreement

Senior Leadership Team

SNOMED-CT 

An interoperable standard for clinical coding 

STP 

TSR 

UEL 

Sustainability and Transformation Partnership

Total Shareholder Return

Useful Economic Life

WEEE 

 Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Recycling

E

M

I

S

G

r

o

u

p

p

l

c

A

n

n

u

a

l

r

e

p

o

r

t

a

n

d

a

c

c

o

u

n

t

s

2

0

2

0

EMIS Group plc

Registered Office 
Fulford Grange 
Micklefield Lane 
Rawdon 
Leeds LS19 6BA

Tel: 0330 024 1269 
www.emisgroupplc.com